COUNCIL ON ACADEMIC AFFAIRS 1:30 p.m. Martin Room, … · 1 COUNCIL ON ACADEMIC AFFAIRS MINUTES for November 19, 2015 COUNCIL ON ACADEMIC AFFAIRS November 19, 2015, Meeting Minutes

COUNCIL ON ACADEMIC AFFAIRS MINUTES for November 19, 2015 1

COUNCIL ON ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

November 19, 2015, Meeting Minutes 1:30 p.m.

Martin Room, Coates Building Members Present: Nancye Davis, Tina Davis, Laurence Hayes, Lynnette Noblitt, Shirley O’Brien, Rose Perrine, Sherry Robinson, Karin Sehmann, Benton Shirey, Judy Short, Janna Vice, Andrew Hainley Members Absent: Laurie Carter, Donna Corley, Ed Davis, Vic Kappeler, Brett Morris, Minh Nguyen, Gene Palka, Jerry Pogatshnik, Sheila Pressley, Kelly Smith Non-Members Present: Tony Blose, Cassie Bradley, Faye Deters, Anna Dixon, Rita Downing, Ginni Fair, Gill Hunter (for Donna Corley), Barbara Kent, Victoria Koger (for Kelly Smith), Karen Maloley, Abby Poffenberger, Tim Ross (for Ed Davis), Matthew Sabin, Sandra Stevens, Candace Tate, Rachel Williams The Provost called the meeting to order at 1:33 p.m. Approval of the Minutes from October 15, 2015: Approved

CAA Submission Process Discussion Multiple proposals were withdrawn from the CAA agenda this month. These items are noted in the minutes with red text and strikethroughs. Additional notations indicate information that is needed when the proposals are resubmitted for the February 2016 CAA meeting. The February submission date will give programs time to adjust to the new CAA guidelines and to provide Curriculum Maps and updated 4-Year Curriculum Guides. The postponed resubmission also gives time for the Deans to review the budget implications for proposals of new minors, concentrations and certificates. In January 2016, the Office of the Provost will meet with each College’s leadership team and will review CAA submission guidelines. That meeting will give an opportunity to clarify details of the February CAA meeting and the new CAA procedures. Going forward, before new Minors/Concentrations/Certificates are considered by CAA, they will be reviewed in the same manner as New Program proposals. Their budgetary needs can be comparable to starting a new program in some aspects. New Course proposals should also include documentation which indicates how the courses would fit into the overall Student Learning Outcomes of the programs for which they are being created. This documentation should be provided in the form of a Curriculum Map and Student Learning Outcome Chart. An example of thorough documentation for a new course is included with the EHS 300W proposal approved in the November CAA meeting. Colleges do not have to use the precise form used in this example, however, the EHS 300W documents provide a good starting point for submitting the necessary materials. Course syllabi should also be included with each new course proposal.

Curriculum Action Items

College of Education

Curriculum & Instruction

Course Revisions

EMS 868 Instructional Techniques and Materials for Students with Reading Difficulties

Prerequisite course numeric change from ESE 774 to ESE 884.

EMS 875 Diagnostic Assessment of Students with Reading Difficulties


McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Effective Term:

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016


College of Education continued Curriculum & Instruction

ESE 774 Teaching Reading in the Secondary School

1) Add minimum of 10 clinical hours required to course description 2) Course number change to ESE 884 3) Change course title

Editorial Change Alternative Routes to Initial Certification – MAT Correct typographical errors in the program of study course information for EMS 854 and ESE 761. This correction brings the program of study listing into Compliance with the Program approved by CAA in April 2015 (elec. Vote) and Faculty Senate in May 2015. “ESE” 854 does not exist. Should have read EMS 854. “ESE 766” is for PE majors; physics majors would only take ESE 761. Non-degree Endorsements for KY Professional Education licensure Revise Graduate Catalog to include the courses required for each of the non-degree endorsements and revise endorsement names to align with KY EPSB license. New Course LIB 841 Information System Design and Development for School Librarians Create a new course (LIB 841) that meets the professional needs of school media librarians. Note: Additional information needed. Provide documentation indicating how this new course would support the Student Learning Outcomes of the program. Program Revision

Rank 1, Non-degree Programs Numeric course change from ESE 774 to ESE 884.

Special Education Program Revision B.S. Special Education/Teaching Remove “Teaching” from the Degree Title; Add teaching and certification options; Add dual certification option in Learning and Behavior Disorders; Add non-teaching options. Note: Submit revised form which includes the ACCT course required for the Non- Teaching option. Provide an updated 4-year curriculum guide to include any revisions and the addition of the ACCT course.

College of Business and Technology

Accounting, Finance, and Information Systems (AFIS)

New Course RMI 472 Insurance, Finance and Accounting

Note: Resubmit proposal with additional information. Provide documentation indicating how the new course would support the Student Learning Outcomes of the program.

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Effective Term:

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016


College of Business and Technology continued Accounting, Finance, and Information Systems (AFIS)

Program Revisions Risk Management and Insurance BBA Remove redundant or obsolete classes from catalog description,

add an additional class, and simplify information. Note: Approved with edits – changed CSC 104 to INF 104 and MAT 107 to MAT 112 in Supporting Course Requirements per College request.

Risk Management and Insurance BS Add and delete some electives in the Major Requirements.

Note: Approved with edits – changed CSC 104 to INF 104 and MAT 107 to MAT 112 in Supporting Course Requirements per College request.

Applied Engineering and Technology (AETM) New Courses AVN 161 Private Pilot-Airplane: Ground (Part 61)

Add Part 61-compliant private pilot-ground to aviation curriculum. AVN 161A Private Pilot-Airplane (Part 61): Flight I

Add Part 61-compliant private pilot-flight lab I to aviation curriculum. AVN 162A Private Pilot-Airplane (Part 61): Flight II

Add Part 61-compliant private pilot-flight lab II to aviation curriculum. AVN 231A Instrument Pilot-MEL: Flight I

Add two twenty-five hour flight labs, labeled AVN 231A and 232A as MEL alternatives to the existing SEL AVN 221A and 222A.

AVN 232A Instrument Pilot-MEL: Flight II Add two twenty-five hour flight labs, labeled AVN 231A and 232A as MEL alternatives to the existing SEL AVN 221A and 222A.

College of Health Sciences

Environmental Health Science Hybrid Course

Create EHS 300W as a writing intensive course Note: Approved with edits – added prerequisites: ENG 102 or 105(B) or HON 102, the required prerequisites for all writing-intensive courses.

Drop Course EHS 300 Course is being replaced with EHS 300W

Exercise and Sport Science

New Courses Create the following new courses for a new Pre-Athletic Training/Pre-Physical Therapy Concentration of the B.S. in Physical Education Program.

ATR 225L Applied Anatomy for Healthcare Providers Lab ATR 330 Foundations of Orthopedic Evaluation ATR 340 Foundations of Rehabilitation ATR 340L Foundations of Rehabilitation Lab ATR 430 Foundations of Clinical Practice

Course Revision ATR 225 Revise course name, remove lab portion and add as co-requisite.

Changes to pre-requisites.

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Effective Term:

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

SPRING 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

SPRING 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

SPRING 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

SPRING 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

SPRING 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

SPRING 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

SPRING 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016


College of Health Sciences continued Program Revision

B.S. Physical Education Add a new concentration of Pre-Athletic Training/Pre-Physical Therapy Note: This program revision provides a good sample Curriculum Map and

updated Curriculum Guide which can be used as reference by other Colleges when submitting program revision or new program proposals.

Family and Consumer Sciences Course Revisions

NFA 202 Introduction to Dietetics Change term offering designation from I to A NFA 310 Junior Seminar Increase the credit hours from 2 to 3

Program Revision B.S General Dietetics

1. Indicate NFA 310 is now 3 credit hours 2. Change total number of core from 55 to 56 3. Change number of elective hours from 4 to 3.

Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy Editorial Changes Rehabilitation Sciences Doctoral Program Correct the url address and update the Department Name

Recreation and Park Administration

Course Revisions REC 300 Change credit hours from 1 to variable hours of 1-3. REC 450W Change the description to reflect current terminology

College of Arts and Sciences

Government

New Courses

LGS 307 Federal Indian Law

POL 346 Religion and Politics in the World

Note: Resubmit proposals with additional information. Provide documentation indicating how these new courses would support the Student Learning Outcomes of the program.

Languages, Cultures, and Humanities New Program Minor in Japanese Language and Culture

Note: The new CAA submission process will require proposed new minors to be reviewed in the same manner as new major program proposals. Prior to resubmission in February, a meeting will be held in January 2016, between the Provost’s Office and College leadership teams to clarify the CAA submission process.

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Effective Term:

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved, Pending Faculty Senate and Board of Regents Approval

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016


College of Arts and Sciences continued Languages, Cultures, and Humanities continued

New Courses

JPN 207 Japanese for Work and Study JPN 305 Gateway to Advanced Japanese I JPN 306 Gateway to Advanced Japanese II JPN 310 Topics in Japanese Culture:_____ Note: Resubmit proposals with additional information. Provide documentation indicating how these new courses would support the Student Learning Outcomes of the proposed New Minor in Japanese Language and Culture.

Program Revisions

Bachelor of Arts in French Revise courses required for completion of the B.A. in French, as a result of dropped/new courses. Strike references to FRE 301, 302, 313, 314, 315, 340, 360; add FCC 210, FRE 305, 310, 340, 350, 360, 380, 410, and 430.

Bachelor of Arts in French/Teaching Revise courses required for completion of the B.A. in French/Teaching, as a result of dropped/new courses. Strike references to FRE 301, 302, 313, 314, 315, 340, 360; add FCC 210, FRE 305, 310, 340, 350, 360, 380, 410, and 430.

Minor in French Revise courses required for completion of the French Minor as a result of dropped/new courses. Strike references to FRE 204 and 210, and add FRE 207. Revise Minor Title to “Minor in French Language and Culture”.

Certificate in French Conversation and Culture Revise courses required for completion of the Certificate in French Conversation and Culture as a result of dropped/new courses. Strike references to FRE 204, 210, 310, 320, 350 and add FCC 210 and FRE 207.

Philosophy and Religion

New Course

PHI 343 American Indian Thought Note: Resubmit proposal with additional information.

Physics and Astronomy

New Course

PHY 412 Directed Research in Physics:_____

Course Revisions

PHY 202 University Physics II

Require students to have earned a C or better in PHY 201 to enroll in PHY 202.

PHY 310 Theoretical Methods in Physics


PHY 410 Independent Study in Physics:_____ Modify the description of PHY 410 to reflect its use as a true independent study course, so that it can be distinguished from the new directed research course

PHY 460 Classical Mechanics


McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Effective Term:

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved, pending Faculty Senate and Board of Regents Approval

McGeeR

Typewritten Text


McGeeR

Typewritten Text


McGeeR

Typewritten Text



Policy and Processes Action Items

1. Graduation Regalia Request Form Dr. Gene Palka Approved as Amended. Effective Fall 2016. Amendments:

a. The Student Government Association, represented by Andrew Hainley, proposed a revision to the GPA requirement. Motion was approved revising the GPA requirement to 2.5 or higher.

b. Language was added to the Graduation Regalia Request form, section 1.C., providing guidelines for regalia requests and approval for the following: 1) Academic Minors 2) Veterans 3) International Students

The revised and updated Regalia Request form can be accessed by clicking the following link: Graduation Regalia Request Form

2. CAA Processes Proposal CAA Workgroup Approved as Amended. Effective February 2016. Amendments: a. New language added under New CAA Protocols: “Significant Program

Modifications” will be accompanied by Curriculum Maps. b. To view the amended and updated processes, click on the link below:

CAA Processes

3. Course by Special Arrangement/Independent Study Proposal Review Office of the Registrar

Policy and Processes Discussion Item

1. Transcript Notations: Expulsion Language Office of the Registrar

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Tabled

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Tabled

Council on Academic Affairs Registered Student Organizations (RSO)/Academic Programs -

Graduation Regalia Request Effective Fall 2016: All RSOs and Academic Programs, even those with previously approved regalia, must complete this

form and be recertified before wearing organization specific regalia at Fall 2016 Commencement.

All regalia worn at University Commencement and/or College Convocations must be approved by the Council on Academic Affairs (CAA) prior to graduation. Special regalia worn at Commencement/Convocation is a privilege afforded to those individuals/groups who have met a distinctive academic expectation. An RSO or Academic Program requesting to have members wear organization specific regalia (stoles, cords, etc.) must complete this form and submit to the Office of Student Life. Student Affairs will present the request at the next available CAA meeting. The wearing of sashes may not be proposed as it is exclusively reserved for those students earning Latin Honors. Forms should be submitted no later than the 2nd week in September to request an item be approved for a December ceremony, or the 2nd week in February for a May ceremony. RSOs and Academic Programs must complete the form and attach a color picture of the regalia for which they are proposing approval. Failure to receive approval will result in any unapproved regalia being confiscated at graduation. SUBMITTED BY: NAME _____________________________________ PHONE CONTACT__________________________________ DATE______________

EMAIL: __________________________________________________________________

RSO/Academic Program Graduation Regalia Request

[Required] Name of RSO/Academic Program: No abbreviations please

[Required] RSO/Academic Program Contact Name : [Required] RSO/Academic Program Contact Email: [Required] Contact Phone Number:

1. Organizations can apply to CAA to have Commencement regalia approved in one of three ways.

A. The organization may request approval for all members to wear Commencement regalia because the organization has an academic membership requirement of a GPA of 2.5 or higher.

B. The organization may request approval for those individual members who have attained a 2.5 GPA or higher to be allowed to wear the approved regalia.

C. The academic program or organization may request approval of Commencement regalia for Veterans, International Students, and Minor programs, regardless of GPA.

2. [Required] Does your organization has a minimum grade point requirement for membership? If so, what is it? Please attach copies of official organization communications that relay these expectation to organization members.

3. [Required] Are you proposing that only those members who meet the 2.5 GPA academic threshold wear the regalia? 4. [Required] Please describe the significance of wearing the stole at graduation. Why should your members wear graduation

regalia?

5. [Required] Please attach a color picture of the stole or cords you are requesting to be worn.

Page 1 of 1 · CAA Graduation Regalia Request

McGeeR

Underline

McGeeR

Underline

McGeeR

Underline

McGeeR

Underline

McGeeR

Underline

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

CAA Approved, 11/19/15 Effective: Fall 2016

1 | P a g e

CAA Processes Approved as Amended

CAA 11/19/15

1. Curriculum process will remain the same for the Department Curriculum Committee except for the forms they will complete.

2. The College Curriculum Committee will review all curriculum proposals for the college. Based on the categories below

a. the College Curriculum Committee will prepare the materials for substantial changes to the Registrar for consideration by CAA, or

b. make decisions regarding routine curriculum changes. 3. Rules for College Curriculum Committees:

a. Associate Deans are responsible for ensuring that all of the appropriate paperwork and documentation are in good order;

b. For new courses, the Committee will review sample syllabi for appropriateness and for inclusion and accuracy of all required elements of a syllabus, including documentation explaining how new courses will fit into the Student Learning Outcomes of the programs for which the courses are being created. The syllabus will not be forwarded to CAA.

c. The Associate Dean will communicate with other Associate Deans i. prior to his/her College Curriculum meeting if coordination is needed with

another college or if a proposed change will affect another program in another college; and

ii. following his/her College Curriculum meeting with a list of changes approved.

d. The Associate Dean will forward materials to the Registrar with a summary of determination of substantial and routine changes.

4. Any member of CAA will reserve the right to reclassify a routine change to a substantial change.

New CAA protocols 1. All major substantial changes are placed on the agenda for action by the Council. (The

Council will need to decide if action items are to be grouped by type of action or by college.) 2. Significant Program Modifications will be accompanied by Curriculum Maps. 3. Most minor routine changes will be placed on a Consent Agenda and a single vote will be

taken for all consent agenda items. a. Consent Agenda items should have a brief description of the change to be listed

on the agenda. b. A Council member may request that an item be pulled from the Consent Agenda

and placed on the main agenda.

2 | P a g e

Major Substantial Changes

New Programs

Significant Program Revision Note: All program revisions impacting course requirements in a program will be accompanied by an updated 4‐year curriculum guide.

o Adding a concentration o Adding a minor o Changing the CIP Code o Dividing one degree program into two (or more) degree programs o Combining two (or more) degree programs into one degree program

Changing the balance of core credit hours and concentration credit hours

Program/concentration suspension

New Courses

Significant revision of a course

Changes that impact the SLOs of a program or a course

Changes in the number of credit hours

Other curriculum changes that affect the program’s curriculum map

Policies

Minor Routine Changes

Adding an existing course to the General Education Program

Changes to programs that result from changes to General Education or Teacher Education

Revisions in the course title or course description that do not significantly impact SLOs

Changes in admission and progression requirements

Changes in pre‐requisites and co‐requisites

Changes in the schedule term offering

Editorial changes and formatting issues, such as the placement of courses in the listing

Course drops

Cross listing courses

COUNCIL ON ACADEMIC AFFAIRS AGENDA for November 19, 2015 1

COUNCIL ON ACADEMIC AFFAIRS AGENDA

November 19, 2015 1:30 p.m.

Martin Room, Coates Building 1. Call to Order: ________ 2. Approval of the Minutes from October 15, 2015

Curriculum Action Items


Curriculum & Instruction Course Revisions Page

EMS 868 Instructional Techniques and Materials for Students with Reading Difficulties

Prerequisite course numeric change from ESE 774 to ESE 884. 7

EMS 875 Diagnostic Assessment of Students with Reading Difficulties

Prerequisite course numeric change from ESE 774 to ESE 884. 10

ESE 774 Teaching Reading in the Secondary School 1) Add minimum of 10 clinical hours required to course description 2) Course number change to ESE 884 3) Change course title

13

Editorial Change Page Alternative Routes to Initial Certification – MAT 16 Correct typographical errors in the program of study course information for EMS 854 and ESE 761. This correction brings the program of study listing into Compliance with the Program approved by CAA in April 2015 (elec. Vote) and Faculty Senate in May 2015. “ESE” 854 does not exist. Should have read EMS 854. “ESE 766” is for PE majors; physics majors would only take ESE 761. Non-degree Endorsements for KY Professional Education licensure 18 Revise Graduate Catalog to include the courses required for each of the non-degree endorsements and revise endorsement names to align with KY EPSB license. New Course LIB 841 Information System Design and Development for School Librarians 21 Create a new course (LIB 841) that meets the professional needs of school media librarians. Program Revision

Rank 1, Non-degree Programs 30 Numeric course change from ESE 774 to ESE 884.

Special Education Program Revision B.S. Special Education/Teaching 33 Remove “Teaching” from the Degree Title; Add teaching and certification options; Add dual certification option in Learning and Behavior Disorders; Add non-teaching options.

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn




New Course Page RMI 472 Insurance, Finance and Accounting 39 Program Revisions Risk Management and Insurance BBA 45 Remove redundant or obsolete classes from catalog description,

add an additional class, and simplify information. Risk Management and Insurance BS 47 Add and delete some electives in the Major Requirements.

Applied Engineering and Technology (AETM) New Courses AVN 161 Private Pilot-Airplane: Ground (Part 61) 49

Add Part 61-compliant private pilot-ground to aviation curriculum. AVN 161A Private Pilot-Airplane (Part 61): Flight I 59

Add Part 61-compliant private pilot-flight lab I to aviation curriculum. AVN 162A Private Pilot-Airplane (Part 61): Flight II 65

Add Part 61-compliant private pilot-flight lab II to aviation curriculum. AVN 231A Instrument Pilot-MEL: Flight I 71


AVN 232A Instrument Pilot-MEL: Flight II 77 Add two twenty-five hour flight labs, labeled AVN 231A and 232A as MEL alternatives to the existing SEL AVN 221A and 222A.

College of Health Sciences

Environmental Health Science

Hybrid Course Page Create EHS 300W as a writing intensive course 85

Drop Course EHS 300 Course is being replaced with EHS 300W 97


New Courses Create the following new courses for a new Pre-Athletic Training/Pre-Physical Therapy Concentration of the B.S. in Physical Education Program.

ATR 225L Applied Anatomy for Healthcare Providers Lab 98 ATR 330 Foundations of Orthopedic Evaluation 106 ATR 340 Foundations of Rehabilitation 115 ATR 340L Foundations of Rehabilitation Lab 124 ATR 430 Foundations of Clinical Practice 131

Course Revision ATR 225 Revise course name, remove lab portion and add as co-requisite. 139

Changes to pre-requisites.

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn


College of Health Sciences continued Program Revision Page

B.S. Physical Education 142 Add a new concentration of Pre-Athletic Training/Pre-Physical Therapy

Family and Consumer Sciences

Course Revisions NFA 202 Introduction to Dietetics Change term offering designation from I to A 151 NFA 310 Junior Seminar Increase the credit hours from 2 to 3 154

Program Revision B.S General Dietetics 160

1. Indicate NFA 310 is now 3 credit hours 2. Change total number of core from 55 to 56 3. Change number of elective hours from 4 to 3.

Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy Editorial Changes Rehabilitation Sciences Doctoral Program 165 Correct the url address and update the Department Name

Recreation and Park Administration

Course Revisions REC 300 Change credit hours from 1 to variable hours of 1-3. 167 REC 450W Change the description to reflect current terminology 171


Government

New Courses LGS 307 Federal Indian Law 176

POL 346 Religion and Politics in the World 185

Languages, Cultures, and Humanities New Program Minor in Japanese Language and Culture 195

New Courses

JPN 207 Japanese for Work and Study JPN 305 Gateway to Advanced Japanese I JPN 306 Gateway to Advanced Japanese II JPN 310 Topics in Japanese Culture:_____

197 204 211 218

Program Revisions


225

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn


College of Arts and Sciences continued Languages, Cultures, and Humanities continued

Page Bachelor of Arts in French/Teaching 227

Revise courses required for completion of the B.A. in French/Teaching, as a result of dropped/new courses. Strike references to FRE 301, 302, 313, 314, 315, 340, 360; add FCC 210, FRE 305, 310, 340, 350, 360, 380, 410, and 430.

Minor in French 229 Revise courses required for completion of the French Minor as a result of dropped/new courses. Strike references to FRE 204 and 210, and add FRE 207. Revise Minor Title to “Minor in French Language and Culture”.

Certificate in French Conversation and Culture 231 Revise courses required for completion of the Certificate in French Conversation and Culture as a result of dropped/new courses. Strike references to FRE 204, 210, 310, 320, 350 and add FCC 210 and FRE 207.

Philosophy and Religion New Course PHI 343 American Indian Thought 233


New Course

PHY 412 Directed Research in Physics:_____ 242

Course Revisions

PHY 202 University Physics II 247


PHY 310 Theoretical Methods in Physics 250


PHY 410 Independent Study in Physics:_____ 253 Modify the description of PHY 410 to reflect its use as a true independent study course, so that it can be distinguished from the new directed research course

PHY 460 Classical Mechanics 256


Policy and Processes Action Items

1. Registered Student Organizations – Graduation Regalia Request Form Dr. Gene Palka

Additional Response Letter from University Programs Faculty and Staff Dr. Rose Perrine 2. CAA Processes Proposal CAA Workgroup 3. Course by Special Arrangement/Independent Study Proposal Review Office of the Registrar

Policy and Processes Discussion Item

1. Transcript Notations: Expulsion Language Office of the Registrar

Good of the Order

Page 259

Page 262 Page 264

Page 271

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Withdrawn

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Tabled

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Tabled

Eastern Kentucky University is an Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer and Educational Institution

TO: Council on Academic Affairs FROM: Dr. Laurence Hayes, Interim Associate Dean College of Education DATE: November 16, 2015 SUBJECT: Curriculum Proposals Please consider the following curriculum proposals from the College Curriculum Committee at the next CAA meeting on November 19, 2015:


Curriculum & Instruction Course Revisions

EMS 868 –Instructional Techniques and Materials for Students with Reading Difficulties


EMS 875 – Diagnostic Assessment of Students with Reading Difficulties


ESE 774 – Teaching Reading in the Secondary School 1) Add minimum of 10 clinical hours required to course description 2) Course number change to ESE 884 3) Change course title

Editorial Change Alternative Routes to Initial Certification – MAT Correct typographical errors in the program of study course information for EMS 854 and ESE 761. This correction brings the program of study listing into compliance with the Program approved by CAA in April 2015 (elec. Vote) and Faculty Senate in May 2015. “ESE” 854 does not exist. Should have read EMS 854. “ESE 766” is for PE majors; physics majors would only take ESE 761. Non-degree endorsements for KY Professional Education licensure Revise Graduate Catalog to include the courses required for each of the non-degree endorsements and revise endorsement names to align with KY EPSB license. New Course LIB 841 – Information System Design and Development for School Librarians Create a new course (LIB 841) that meets the professional needs of school media librarians.

EASTERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY Serving Kentuckians Since 1906

College of Education Office of the Associate Dean

420 Combs Building 521 Lancaster Avenue

Richmond, Kentucky 40475-3102 PHONE: 859-622-1175

FAX: 859-622-5061

CAA Page 5


Program Revision

Rank 1, Non-degree Programs Numeric course change from ESE 774 to ESE 884.

CAA Page 6

Curriculum Change Form (Present only one proposed curriculum change per form)

(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Curriculum & Instruction New Course (Parts II, IV) College Education X Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number EMS 868 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Instructional Techniques and Materials for Students

with Reading Difficulties New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) _ _ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information

relevant to the proposal. If Certificate, indicate Long-Term (University) or Short-Term (Departmental)

Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 1/22/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 2/25/2015 Faculty Senate** NA General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** NA Teacher Education Committee* 3/3/2015 EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* ______________________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.

Completion of A, B, and C is required: (Please be specific, but concise.)

A. 1. Specific action requested: Prerequisite course numeric change from ESE 774 to ESE 884. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: ESE 774 was renumbered to ESE 884, therefore prerequisite course needs to be renumbered in this course description.

C. The projected cost (or savings) of this proposal is as follows:

Personnel Impact: none

Operating Expenses Impact: none

Equipment/Physical Facility Needs: none

Library Resources: none

CAA Page 7

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 20106

Part II. Recording Data for New, Revised, or Dropped Course (For a new required course, complete a separate request for the appropriate program revisions.)

1. For a new course, provide the catalog text. 2. For a revised course, provide the current catalog text with the proposed text using strikethrough for deletions

and underlines for additions. 3. For a dropped course, provide the current catalog text.

New or Revised* Catalog Text (*Use strikethrough for deletions and underlines for additions. Also include Crs. Prefix, No., and description, limited to 35 words.)

EMS 868 Instructional Techniques and Materials for Students with Reading Difficulties. (3) A. Prerequisite: ELE 871, EME 873, EMG 806, or ESE 774 ESE 884. Methods, materials and techniques appropriate for correction of reading problems.

Part III. Recording Data for Revised or Suspended Program

1. For a revised program, provide the current program requirements using strikethrough for deletions and underlines for additions.

2. For a suspended program, provide the current program requirements as shown in catalog. List any options and/or minors affected by the program’s suspension.

Revised* Program Text (*Use strikethrough for deletions and underlines for additions.)

CAA Page 8

Part IV. Recording Data for New or Revised Course (Record only new or changed course information.) Course prefix

(3 letters) Course Number

(3 Digits) Effective Academic Term

(Example: Fall 2012) College/Division: Dept. (4 letters)*

EMS 868 Fall 2016 AS HS CURI BT JS ED x UP

Credit Hrs. Weekly Contact Hrs. Repeatable Maximum No. of Hrs.

3 Lecture X Laboratory Other Cip Code (first two digits only)

Schedule Type* (List all applicable)

Work Load (for each schedule type)

Grading Mode* Class Restriction, if any: (undergraduate only)

1 3 N FR JR B 3 SO SR W 3 Grading Information: Course is

eligible for IP (in-progress grading) for: Check all applicable

Thesis Internship Independent Study Practicum

CoRequisites and Prerequisites **See definitions on following page** Co-Requisite(s): (List only co-requisites. See below for prerequisites and combinations.) Course Prefix and No. Course Prefix and No. Prerequisite(s): (List prerequisites only. List combinations below. Use “and” and “or” literally.) (Specific minimum grade

requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. ELE 871, EME 873, EMG 806, or ESE 774 ESE 884 Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)

Co-requisite(s) and/or Prerequisite(s) Combination (Use “and” and “or” literally.) (Specific minimum grade requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D-.)

Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or

student cumulative GPA is required)

Equivalent Course(s): (credit will not be awarded for both…; or formerly…) Course Prefix and No. Course Prefix and No. Course Prefix and No.

Proposed General Education Element: Please mark (X) in the appropriate Element or Elements ( e.g. – 4B(3) X ). Element 1 (9) Element 2 (3) Element 3 (6) Element 4 (6) Element 5 (6) Element 6 (6) 1A (3) 2 (3) 3A (3) 4A (3) 5A (3) 6 (6) 1B (3) 3B (3) 4B (3) 5B (3) 1C (3) or 3A/B

Integrated A&H(6) or 4A/B Integrated Sciences(6)

CAA Page 9


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name CURI New Course (Parts II, IV) College Education X Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number EMS 875 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Diagnostic Assessment of Students with Reading

Difficulties New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) _ _ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 1/22/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 2/25/2015 Faculty Senate** NA General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** NA Teacher Education Committee* 3/3/2015 EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* 3/27/2015_____________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: Prerequisite course numeric change from ESE 774 to ESE 884. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: ESE 774 was renumbered to ESE 884, therefore prerequisite course in course description needs to be changed.






CAA Page 10

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016





EMS 875 Diagnostic Assessment of Students with Reading Difficulties. (3) A. Prerequisite: ELE 871, EME 873, EMG 806, or ESE 774 ESE 884. Theory and implementation of diagnostic procedures for the appraisal of reading difficulties. Emphasis on assessing types and degree of reading disabilities and identifying casual and contributing factors.





CAA Page 11





EMS 875 Fall 2016 AS HS CURI BT JS ED x UP








Thesis Internship

Independent Study Practicum


requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. ELE 871, EME 873, EMG 806, or ESE 774 ESE 884. Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)







CAA Page 12


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Curriculum & Instruction New Course (Parts II, IV) College Education X Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number ESE 774 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Teaching Reading in the Secondary School New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) _ _ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 1/22/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 2/25/2015 Faculty Senate** NA General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** NA Teacher Education Committee* 3/3/2015 EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* _3/27/2015____________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: 1) Add minimum of 10 clinical hours required to course description 2) Course number change to ESE 884 3) Change course title

A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: Embedded clinical hours reflect clinical professional education model expected for graduate programs. Course number change enables the course to stand alone without undergraduate equivalent which helps with eCampus scheduling. Course title change better reflect intent of course.






CAA Page 13

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016





ESE 774 Teaching Reading in the Secondary School. 884 Content Literacy. (3) A. Prerequisites: education core and admission to teacher education Admission to Master of Arts in Education or Master of Arts in Teaching or any teacher certification (Rank I or endorsement) programs. Emphasis on developmental and content area reading skills, appraisal of reading abilities, appropriate materials, assessment, and organization of secondary reading program. Minimum of 10 clinical hours.





CAA Page 14





ESE 884 Fall 2016 AS HS CURI BT JS ED X UP


3 Lecture x Laboratory Other Cip Code (first two digits only)








requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. education core and admission to teacher education Course Prefix and No. Admission to Master of Arts in Education or Master of

Arts in Teaching or any teacher certification (Rank I or endorsement) programs

Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)







CAA Page 15

http://www.forms.eku.edu/docs/Editorial_Change_Curriculum_Form.doc-01/02

Editorial Change* - Curriculum Form (Present only one curriculum editorial change per form)

(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I Department Name Department of Curriculum & InstructionCollege Education *Course Prefix & Number n/a *Course Title (30 characters) n/a *Program Title Alternative Routes to Initial Certification - MAT

(Major , Concentration ____; Minor ; or Certificate )

*Provide only the information relevant to the proposal. N/A

Original Proposal Approved by the Council on Academic Affairs on Date: April 2015

*An editorial change is defined as a change resulting from prior CAA action…

Completion of A is required: (Please be specific, but concise.) A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: To increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.)

Correct typographical errors in the program of study course information for EMS 854 and ESE 761. This correction brings the program of study listing into compliance with the Program approved by CAA in April 2015 (elec. Vote) and Faculty Senate in May 2015. “ESE” 854 does not exist. Should have read EMS 854. “ESE 766” is for PE majors; physics majors would only take ESE 761. A. 2. Effective date: (Example: Fall 2001)

Fall 2016 Part II. Recording Data for Revised Course 1. For a revised course, provide (a) the current catalog text and (b) the proposed text, reflecting the exact changes being proposed.

New or Revised* Catalog Text (*Use strikeout for deletions and underlines for additions. Also include Crs. Prefix, No., and description, limited to 35 words.)

Part III. Recording Data for Revised Program 1. For a revised program, provide (a) the current program requirements and (b) the revised program, reflecting the exact changes being proposed.

New or Revised* Program(*Use strikeout for deletions and underlines for additions.)

CAA Page 16

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Editorial Review Date: 11/19/15

curr:editorial.change.curriculum.form.doc-01-02

III. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS Professional Education Core.............................................22 hours CED 810(.5), 820 (.5), 830 (1), 840 (1), and 897; EGC 820; EGC 827(1), 837(1), or 847(1); EMS 810, 850 or SED 825 (for IECE only); ESE EMS 854, and SED 800. Program Specific Coursework – Concentrations: 1. Interdisciplinary Early Childhood Education.19 hours ELE 719, SED 718, 722, 790, 811(4), and OTS 715. 2. Elementary Education P-5 Teaching.................22 hours ELE 820, 821, 822, 823, 824, 825, 826(2), and 827(2). 3. Middle Grades 5-9 Teaching..............................9 hours EGC 835; 6 hours of content with advisor approval. 4. Agriculture (Grades 5-12)..................................9 hours 84 2015-2016 EKU GRADUATE CATALOG Education Section Five - College Of Education ESE 752; 6 hours of content with advisor approval 5. Art (P-12).............................................................9 hours ESE 740; 6 hours of content with advisor approval 6. Biological science (8-12)......................................9 hours ESE 761; 6 hours of content with advisor approval 7. Business and Marketing* (5-12)........................9 hours ESE 773; 6 hours of content with advisor approval 8. Chemistry (8-12)..................................................9 hours ESE 761; 6 hours of content with advisor approval 9. Earth Science (8-12)............................................9 hours ESE 761; 6 hours of content with advisor approval 10. Engineering & Technology Education (5-12).9 hours ESE 752; 6 hours of content with advisor approval 11. English (8-12).....................................................9 hours ESE 743; 6 hours of content with advisor approval 12. English as a Second Language (P-12, restricted based certificate)................................................................12 hours EME 751, EMS 775, 776, and 777. 13. Family and Consumer Sciences (5-12)............9 hours ESE 753; 6 hours of content with advisor approval 14. French (P-12).....................................................9 hours ESE 743; 6 hours of content with advisor approval 15. Health Education (P-12)...................................9 hours ESE 787; 6 hours of content with advisor approval 16. Mathematics (8-12)...........................................9 hours ESE 750; 6 hours of content with advisor approval 17. Music (P-12).......................................................9 hours ESE 779; 6 hours of content with advisor approval 18. Physical Education (P-12)................................9 hours ESE 766; 6 hours of content with advisor approval 19. Physical Education & Health Dual Certification (P-12)........................................................................9 hours ESE 766; 6 hours of content with advisor approval 20. Physics (8-12).....................................................9 hours ESE 766 761; 6 hours of content with advisor approval

CAA Page 17

http://www.forms.eku.edu/docs/Editorial_Change_Curriculum_Form.doc-01/02

Editorial Change* - Curriculum Form (Present only one curriculum editorial change per form)

(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I Department Name Curriculum & InstructionCollege Education *Course Prefix & Number *Course Title (30 characters) *Program Title Non-degree endorsements for KY Professional Education licensure

(Major , Concentration ____; Minor ; or Certificate )

*Provide only the information relevant to the proposal. N/A

Original Proposal Approved by the Council on Academic Affairs on Date: N/A

*An editorial change is defined as a change resulting from prior CAA action…


Revise Graduate Catalog to include the courses required for each of the non-degree endorsements and revise endorsement names to align with KY EPSB license.

A. 2. Effective date: (Example: Fall 2001)Fall 2016

Part II. Recording Data for Revised Course 1. For a revised course, provide (a) the current catalog text and (b) the proposed text, reflecting the exact changes being proposed.

New or Revised* Catalog Text (*Use strikeout for deletions and underlines for additions. Also include Crs. Prefix, No., and description, limited to 35 words.)

Part III. Recording Data for Revised Program 1. For a revised program, provide (a) the current program requirements and (b) the revised program, reflecting the exact changes being proposed.

CAA Page 18

McGeeR

Typewritten Text




ENDORSEMENTS PREPARATION PROGRAMS These are programs of study which do not lead to a degree or to an EKU awarded recognition but instead prepare the student, upon recommendation from EKU, for professional endorsement by the Commonwealth of Kentucky Education Professional Standards Board. In some cases, the endorsement may be earned as part of a degree program. For information on the following endorsement programs, go to the Curriculum and Instruction website at www.education.eku.edu/ curriculum/. Endorsement Area Required Hours and courses: Driver Education (Grades 8-12)…………………………………………………………………………12 hours TRS 285, 386, 487, 788 Elementary Mathematics Specialist Endorsement (Grades P-5)………………………………………15 hours EME 843, 866, 874, 818, 878

English as a Second Language (Grades P-12)…………………………………………………………12 hours EME 751, EMS 775, EMS 776; EMS 777

Environmental Education (Grades P-12)………………………………………………………………12 hours BIO 790; EMS 761; BIO 700, EMS 765S, EMS 764S, or approved international service learning; EMS 763, 764S, or 765S

Gifted Education (Grades P-12)………………………………………………………………………...12 hours EMS 855, 856, 857, 858

Instructional Computer Technology (Grades P-12)…………………………………………………...12 hours EDC 810, 811, 812, 813

School Media Librarian Certificate (Grades P-12)……………………………………………………24 Hours LIB 800, 801, 802, 805, 821, 831, 863, 870 Literacy Specialist (Grades P-12)………………………………………………………………………12 hours ELE 871, EMG 806, or ESE 774; EMS 875; EMS 874; EME 877 Reading (Grades P-12) 12 hours

CAA Page 19

McGeeR

Cross-Out


CAA Page 20


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Curriculum & Instruction X New Course (Parts II, IV) College Education Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number LIB 841 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Information System Design and Development for

School Librarians New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 12/2/2014 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 2/25/2015 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* N/A Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* 3/3/2015 EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* 3/27/2015_____________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Create a new course (LIB 841) that meets the professional needs of school media librarians.

A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Spring 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action:

The new course would be more applicable and useful since many school media librarians are being required to create and maintain school websites for education and communication purposes as well as being primarily responsible for information technology, on which information systems are centered.


Personnel Impact: None

Operating Expenses Impact: None

Equipment/Physical Facility Needs: None

CAA Page 21

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

WITHDRAWN

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out

Library Resources: None





LIB 841: Information System Design and Development for School Librarians. (3) A. Prerequisite: LIB 801. Builds the skills needed to structure, store, process, access, and present information in a Web environment for P-12 school settings. It will typically cover the design of Web sites, Web coding using HTML, and Web authoring tools.





CAA Page 22





LIB 841 Spring 2016 AS HS BT JS ED X UP

Credit Hrs. Weekly Contact Hrs. Repeatable Maximum No. of Hrs. 0

3 Lecture X Laboratory Other Cip Code (first two digits only) 25








requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. LIB 801 Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)







NOTE: Do not forward validation tables with curriculum form.

(*Use Validation Tables.)

CAA Page 23

Rev 1.0 Oct. 24, 2015

1. Department: Department of Curriculum and Instruction Course Prefix and Number: LIB 841 Course Title: Information System Design and Development for School Librarians Credit Hours: 3

2. Catalog Course Description

This course builds the skills needed to structure, store, process, access, and present information in a Web environment for P-12 school settings. It will typically cover the design of Web sites, Web coding using HTML, and Web authoring tools. Prerequisite: LIB 801

3. Texts and Other Supplemental Requirements:

George Plumley. (2015). Teach Yourself VISUALLY WordPress. 3rd Edition. Indianapolis, IN: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. ISBN-13: 978-1119047759; ISBN-10: 1119047757 Required Software Video editing software (e.g., Camtasia, Screencast-o-matic (pro version only), MovieMaker2, iMovie, or any video editing software) Screen-capture software (e.g., Camtasia, Screencast-o-matic (both free and pro versions), snipping tool in Microsoft Windows, etc.) Required Hardware Headset with microphone Technology Requirements Online graduate students must have routine access to a computer with a reliable Internet connection. Your browser must be up-to-date and current; this means that you should be using the current version of Mozilla Firefox, Java, and any other web browser of your preference. Using Firefox is strongly recommended when you deal with Blackboard.

4. Student Learning Outcomes

This section should clearly articulate what students are expected to gain by taking this course. They can be formatted as follows: Apply concepts and principles of web design for constructing a school media web

site (SLO#1). AASL 1, 3 EPSB Diversity, Closing the Achievement Gap InTASC 1, 2, 4 KTS 1

Produce a library media web site using best practices of user-centered design

concepts and principles (SLO#2). AASL 1, 3 EPSB Diversity, Closing the Achievement Gap InTASC 5 KTS 1, 2, 6

CAA Page 24

Rev 1.0 Oct. 24, 2015

Design and develop a school library web site (SLO#3).

AASL 1, 3, 5 EPSB Diversity, Closing the Achievement Gap InTASC 5, 7 KTS 1, 2, 6, 9

AASL: American Association of School Librarians Standards for Initial Preparation of School Librarians (2010), http://www.ala.org/aasl/sites/ala.org.aasl/files/content/aasleducation/schoollibrary/2010_standards_with_rubrics_and_statements_1-31-11.pdf

EPSB: Education Professional Standards Board Themes, http://www.epsb.ky.gov/teacherprep/programguidelines.asp

InTASC: Interstate Teacher Assessment and Support Consortium Model Core Teaching Standards, April 2013, http://www.ccsso.org/Documents/2013/2013_INTASC_Learning_Progressions_for_Teachers.pdf

KTS: Kentucky Teacher Standards, Feb. 2008, http://www.kyepsb.net/documents/EduPrep/Kentuckyteacherstandards.doc

Course Requirements: Readings in the text and other selected references Class notes/handouts Participation in class discussions through online discussion forums. Focus on the

follow elements: (a) critical evaluation of school library media website, (b) interaction discussions of student websites and video projects, and other discussions throughout the semester.

Two practice projects Self-evaluation and reflections on learning products Participation in online discussion Communication:

Contact with the Professor should be done through Blackboard. Students must use their official EKU e-mail address. Official E-mail: An official EKU e-mail is established for each registered student, faculty, and staff member. All university communications sent via e-mail will be sent to this EKU e-mail address. EKU email is considered the official communication between EKU Faculty and EKU students. In this course, only official EKU student email accounts should be used for communication purposes. Students are expected to read their emails in a timely manner so new email will be properly read and received. A student's failure to receive and read University communications delivered to his/her official email address in a timely manner does not absolve the student from knowing and complying with the content of such communications. Students have the responsibility to recognize that certain communications may be time-critical. Students are always encouraged to

CAA Page 25

Rev 1.0 Oct. 24, 2015

contact instructor especially when in doubt in content, assignment, discussion items, schedules, etc. Students are expected to receive response from instructor within 24-48 hours, but I often get back to students even much faster! However, if there is no response within 2 days, it would be wiser for students to contact instructor again.

5. Evaluation Methods

Discussion Board posts/responses – 120 points School library website project – 300 points Personal website project – 200 points Any other required activities – 15 points Total points: 635 points 92 – 100% = A 82 – 91 % = B 72 – 81 % = C 62 – 71 % = D Below 62% = F

Any late item will have an automatic 10% deduction if turned in late up to 48 hours late. Items more than 48 hours late will not be accepted unless there are documented extenuating circumstances such as an illness or family emergency. Each item is required to be submitted as instructed or directed.

6. Student Progress

Students’ grades and points can be viewed at anytime on the online course system (viz., Blackboard).

7. Attendance Policy

Absences equating 20% of weekly discussion board participation or required class online meetings, if any, will result in reducing to a lower grade. Note that this refers to both face-to-face and online classes. Class sessions missed as a result of late entry will be counted as absences. The student is responsible for presenting adequate reason for absence to the instructor in order to be given opportunity to make up missed work. (Adequate reasons include personal illness, death or serious illness in the immediate family, or participation in an approved university activity.)

8. Notification of the Last Day to Drop the Course

Classes Begin - xx/xx/15 Add/Drop Deadline - xx/xx/15 (Automatic 100% tuition refund during this period) Course Withdraw Period - xx/xx/15 - xx/xx/15 (Only a portion of this period includes a tuition refund; see schedule below) Last Day to Withdraw From a Course - No Fee xx/xx/15 -- online via EKU Direct - no withdraw fee applies

CAA Page 26

Rev 1.0 Oct. 24, 2015

Last Day to Withdraw From a Course - With Fee xx/xx/15 -- online through EKUDirect - $50.00 per credit hour fee applies (e.g. $150.00 for a 3 credit hour course) Last Day to Withdraw From the University xx/xx/15 Classes End - xx/xx/15

9. Disability Statement

A student with a "disability" may be an individual with a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities such as learning, seeing or hearing. Additionally, pregnancy or a related medical condition that causes a similar substantial limitation may also be considered a disability under the ADA. If you are registered with the Office of Services for Individuals with Disabilities, please obtain your accommodation letters from the OSID and present them to the course instructor to discuss any academic accommodations you need. If you believe you need accommodation and are not registered with the OSID, please contact the office in the Whitlock Building Room 361 by email at [email protected] or by telephone at (859) 622-2933. Upon individual request, this syllabus can be made available in an alternative format. URL of the site for Office of Services for Individuals with Disabilities: http://disabilities.eku.edu

10. Academic Integrity Policy

Students are advised that EKU's Academic Integrity policy will strictly be enforced in this course. The Academic Integrity policy is available at the policy website. Questions regarding the policy may be directed to the Office of Academic Integrity. URL of the site for Academic Integrity policy: http://policies.eku.edu/sites/policies.eku.edu/files/policies/4.1.3_academic_integrity_policy_bor_6_11_2012_editorial_revision_0.pdf URL of the site for policy website: http://policies.eku.edu

11. Course Requirements

Discussion Board posts/responses – 120 points School library website project – 300 points Personal website project – 200 points Any other required activities – 15 points

12. Course Outline

National and state content, library media, and technology standards Website design principles Website development using an authoring tool

CAA Page 27

Rev 1.0 Oct. 24, 2015

HTML Digital image Self-evaluation and reflections Synchronous online meetings

There is no required synchronous online conference in this class. However, online meeting will be made upon request or in any need basis. Synchronous online tutorial or meetings will be offered for those who need. Or, anyone can request online tutorial to me.

Module/Week Class Activities

1

- Introduction to the course

School library website project: - AASL standards on school library website

- Website development: Understanding a website development tool - WordPress#1: Getting started with Theme and Widgets

Personal website project: - Introduction to HTML

2

School library website project: - User-centered website design: Content organization and page layout

- Website development: Design the hierarchical structure of website - WordPress#2: Creating custom menus and homepage

Personal website project: - HTML: Text formatting, and Hyperlink

Due: structural design of your own school library website

3

School library website project: - User-centered website design: Navigation and scrolling/paging

- Website development: Tags/categories-based navigations - WordPress#3: Tags and categories navigation

Personal website project: - HTML: Lists

Due: structural design of your personal website

CAA Page 28

Rev 1.0 Oct. 24, 2015

4

School library website project: - User-centered website design: Navigation and scrolling/paging - Website development: Breadcrumb - WordPress #4: Breadcrumb

Personal website project: - HTML: Tables (1)

5

School library website project: - User-centered website design: Link and text appearance - Website development: Embedding and linking files and external resources - WordPress#5: Embedding office files

Personal website project: - HTML: Tables (2)

6

School library website project: - User-centered website design: Images and accessibility - Website development: Displaying images - WordPress#6(I): Images

Personal website project: - HTML: Images

7

School library website project: - User-centered website design: Usability - Website development: Sitemap - WordPress#7: Sitemap

Personal website project: - Wrapping up; Q&A

8

- Self-assessment and reflection for school library website project - Self-assessment and reflection for personal website project

13. Other

An official EKU e-mail is established for each registered student, each faculty member and each staff member. All university communications sent via e-mail will be sent to this EKU e-mail address.

CAA Page 29


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Curriculum & Instruction New Course (Parts II, IV) College Education Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Rank I, Non-degree Programs Program Suspension (Part III) _X_ __

Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information relevant to the proposal.

If Certificate, indicate Long-Term (University) or Short-Term (Departmental)

Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 1/22/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 2/25/2015 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* 3/3/2015 EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* 3/27/2015 *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: a. Numeric course change from ESE 774 to ESE 884


B. The justification for this action: Renumbering of ESE 774 to ESE 884 requires update of program displays using that course.






V.3.1.12 CAA Page 30

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

12/7/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016









RANK I NON-DEGREE PROGRAMS Rank I Classification, the Sixth Year Program

I. GENERAL INFORMATION General policies governing the sixth year program leading to Rank I classification appear in the general section of the College of Education. II. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Candidates must have a Master’s degree or Rank II certification through a regionally accredited institution. III. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS Curriculum for Sixth Year Rank I Program Elementary and Middle Grade Education Professional Education ..................................................... 6 hours Courses in Certified Teaching Area.......................... 12 – 15 hours

Elementary (P-5) ..................................12 hours Middle Grade (5-9) ................................15 hours

Electives ..................................................... 9 – 12 hours Elementary (P-5) ..................................12 hours Middle Grade (5-9) ................................9 hours Selected with prior approval of the advisor.

Minimum Program Total................................................ 30 hours Curriculum for Sixth Year Rank I Program Secondary Education and P-12 Professional Education ..................................................... 6 hours Courses in Certified Teaching Area............................... 12 hours Electives ........................................................................... 12 hours Selected with prior approval of the advisor. Minimum Program Total................................................ 30 hours Curriculum for Sixth Year Rank I Program Library Science Professional Education ..................................................... 6 hours (As approved for Rank I Programs) Candidates who have not previously completed a graduate reading methods course must take ELE 871, EMG 806, or ESE 774 ESE 884. Library Science Courses*...................................... .........25 hours LIB 800, 801, 802, 805, 821, 831, 863, and 870. Total Program Hours............................................. .........31 hours IV. EXIT REQUIREMENTS

CAA Page 31

Rank I programs require an exit interview and portfolio review.

CAA Page 32

V.2.12.14


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Special Education New Course (Parts II, IV) College Education Course Revision (Parts II, IV) Course Prefix & Number Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) Course Title (full title±) New Minor (Part III) Program Title B.S. Special Education/Teaching Program Suspension (Part III) x Program Revision (Part III) If Certificate, indicate Long-Term (University) or Short-Term (Departmental)

Provide only the information relevant to the proposal.

± If Title is longer than 30 characters see Part IV to provide abbreviation

Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 3/25/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 4/21/2015 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* 5/5/2015 EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Fall 2016 Graduate Council* NA *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: 1) Strike the Teaching from the Degree name for the B.S. in Special Education Teaching 2) Put in teaching options under the Degree 3) Add single certification option in Learning and Behavior Disorders 4) Add dual certification option in Learning and Behavior Disorders and Education of the Deaf and Hard of

Hearing. 5) Add Non teaching options


B. The justification for this action: This action is needed to increase options for students interested in teaching students with learning and behavior disabilities. Adding the following two options allows students to choose a single certification program that will offer more specialized focus on the skills needed for teaching students with learning and behavior disorders or a dual certification track that would allow students to specialize in two exceptional child areas: learning and behavior disorders and deaf and hard of hearing.


Personnel Impact: No impact.

Operating Expenses Impact: No impact.

Equipment/Physical Facility Needs: No impact.

CAA Page 33

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

WITHDRAWN

V.2.12.14 Library Resources: Additional resources will be requested from the LRC (e.g., assessments, instructional materials).

Part II. Recording Data for New, Revised, or Dropped Course

(For a new required course, complete a separate request for the appropriate program revisions.)




Prefix and title. (hours) I, III. Prerequisite: course description (limited to 35 words)



2. For a suspended program, provide the current program requirements as shown in catalog. List any concentrations and/or minors affected by the program’s suspension.


Bachelor of Science(B.S.)

SPECIAL EDUCATION/TEACHING CIP Code: 13.1001

UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS General Education..................................................36 hours Student Success Seminar (EDO 100; waived for transfers with 30+ hrs.) .................................................................1 hour Wellness .................................................................3 hours Writing Intensive Course (Hrs. incorporated into Major/ Supporting/Gen Ed/Free Electives category) Upper division courses (42 hrs. distributed throughout Major/ Supporting/Gen Ed/Free Electives categories) ACCT – Special Education Teaching majors will fulfill ACCT with CED 499. (Credit hours may be incorporated into Major or Supporting requirements)

Total Hours University Graduation Requirements .40 hours MAJOR REQUIREMENTS Students must see their advisor early in the program. LBD Core Courses ...................................................21 hours SED 260, 356, 375, 545, 576, 578, and 590. Concentrations: (select one)

LBD-Elementary Education (P-5)..................31 hours EDF 204, ELE 322, 361, 362, 365, 490, 491, and 493; ELE 445 or 445W; ELE 446, 446W or 446S; ELE 492 or 492S. LBD-Middle Grade Education (5-9) ..............15 hours EDF 204, EMG 430, and 447; EMG 445 or 445W; and three hours from EMG 491, 492, 493, or 494 (associated with area of emphasis).

Professional Education Requirements ...................28 hours EDF 103(1), 203, and 413; EDF 219 or 219W; EMS 300, and 15 credit hours of Learning Experiences: CED 100 (.5), CED 200 (.5), CED 300 (.5), CED 400 (.5), CED 450 (1), CED 499 (12).

Supporting Course Requirements: 1. Special Education.........................................3 hours

SED 104 (GElement 6)

CAA Page 34

V.2.12.14 1. Elementary Education (P-5)........................9 hours

LIB 301, MAT 201, and 202. 1. Middle Grade Supporting and Area of Emphasis Requirements: (5-9) a. Supporting Courses .................................6 hours

MAT 201, and 202 b. Area of Emphasis .....................................15-20 hours Candidates seeking middle grade (5-9) certification must select one area of emphasis from the following list and complete the specified courses: English and Communications, Mathematics, Science, Social Studies. (See options list under Middle Grade Education (5-9) for a list of courses and block statements. Some emphasis courses are also General Education courses and therefore will count in both areas, reducing total hours to degree.)

TOTAL HOURS TO COMPLETE DEGREE......125-130 hours

Bachelor of Science (B.S.)

SPECIAL EDUCATION CIP Code: 13.1001

UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS General Education..................................................36 hours Student Success Seminar (EDO 100; waived for transfers with 30+ hrs.) .................................................................1 hour Wellness .................................................................3 hours Writing Intensive Course (Hrs. incorporated into Major/ Supporting/Gen Ed/Free Electives category) Upper division courses (42 hrs. distributed throughout Major/ Supporting/Gen Ed/Free Electives categories) ACCT – Special Education Teaching majors will fulfill ACCT with CED 499. (Credit hours may be incorporated into Major or Supporting requirements) Total Hours University Graduation Requirements ……….40 hours

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS Students must see their advisor early in the program. Special Education Core Courses ...................................................21 hours SED 260, 356, 375, 545, 576, 578, and 590.

Concentrations: *Special Education Teaching Concentrations: (select one)

1. *LBD-Elementary Dual Certification Requirements ................................................................. 44 hours ELE 101 or 102, *201 (Wellness), 302, 311, 312, 313 , 314 (1), 401, 402, 403, 404 (1), 411, 412, 414 (1), 421 (2), 422 (2), 423 (2), 424 (2) and CHE 100 or PHY 102.

2. *LBD-Middle Grade Education (5-9) Dual Certification Requirements .............. 9 hours EMG 445 or 445W and 447 and three hours from EMG 491, 492, 493, or 494 (associated with area of emphasis).

3. *LBD Single Certification (P-12) Requirements…………………………..24 hours SED 530, 518 or 518S, 534, 594, 542, 543, 584 and CDS 520

4. *LBD-Deaf and Hard of Hearing (P-12) Dual Certification Requirements……………..29 hours SED 240, 337(2), 510, 538, 580, 581, 518 or 518S, 542, 543, and 584

Special Education Non Teaching Concentrations 5. Deaf and Hard of Hearing (DHH)...................20 hours

ASL 101, 102, 201 and SED 337(2), 518, 538 and 580. 6. Early Childhood Special Education (ECSE)................15 hours

SED 518, 352, 436, 530, 511 *Professional Education Requirements ...................28 32 hours

EDF 203, 204 (2), 219 , and 413; EMS 300W, 474 and 490, SED 104 (GElement 6) and 12 credit hours of Learning Experiences: CED 100 (.5), CED 200 (.5), CED 300 (.5), CED 400 (.5), CED 450 (1), CED 499 (9).

*Candidates earning a degree that leads to teacher certification must complete the Professional Education Requirements. Supporting Course Requirements: *Special Education Teaching Concentrations:

1. LBD Middle Grade Education (5-9) Dual Certification Supporting and Area of Emphasis Requirements…………..21-26 hours MAT 201, and 202 and Area of Emphasis

Candidates seeking middle grade (5-9) certification must select one area of emphasis from the following list and complete the specified courses: English and Communications, Mathematics, Science, Social Studies. (See options list under Middle Grade Education (5-9) for a list of courses and block statements. Some emphasis courses are also General Education courses and therefore will count in both areas, reducing total hours to degree.) 2. LBD Single Certification Supporting Requirements………………………………….9 hours

MAT 201 and MAT 202, LIB 301 OR 301S. 3. LBD-Deaf and Hard of Hearing (P-12) Dual Certification Supporting Requirements………………..12 hours

CAA Page 35

V.2.12.14 MAT 201 and 202, LIB 301 OR 301S, ASL 102

Special Education Non Teaching Concentrations Supporting Requirements: 4. DHH Option:

Minor Requirements.........................................................18 hours DHH (Refer to Section Five of this Catalog [Academic Programs] for list of minors offered.) Supporting Course Requirements…………………….12 hours PSY 280(ᴳElement 5B) or PSY 280W(ᴳElement 5B) and 12 hours selected from CDF 132, 437, NSC 500, OTS 515, REC 311, SOC 235, or SWK 358. Free Electives……………………………………. 9 hours

5. ECSE Option: Minor Requirements…………………………18 hours (Minor in Child Development and Family Studies) CDF 132, 236, six hours selected from CDF 235, 327, 342, 441, or 501; and six hours CDF electives. ECSC Options ...................................................12 hours ELE 519, NSC 500, OTS 515, SWK 456. Free Electives………………………………….14 hours (ᴳ = Course also satisfies a General Education element. Hours are included within the 36 hr. General Education requirement above.)

TOTAL HOURS TO COMPLETE SPECIAL EDUCATION DEGREE WITH TEACHING CONCENTRATIONS...... 125-137 hours Candidates earning a degree that leads to teacher certification must take the PRAXIS Series (Professional Assessments for Beginning Teachers) and PLT (Principles of Learning and Teaching) exams to be recommended for licensure in Kentucky. Candidates are encouraged to review the schedule for PRAXIS and PLT registration deadlines prior to beginning the senior year (www. kyepsb.net/ AND www.ets.org/praxis). Specialty exams are required for each certification area sought and it may take more than one test date to complete all requirements. Candidates should confer with their education advisor/counselor to determine the most optimal time to take required exams. For additional information, candidates may also contact the EPSB Division of Professional Learning and Assessment at (859) 564-5778 or (888) 598-7667 (toll free). TOTAL HOURS TO COMPLETE SPECIAL EDUCATION DEGREE WITH NON TEACHING CONCENTRATIONS…..120 HOURS

CAA Page 36


TO: Council on Academic Affairs FROM: Dr. Ed Davis, Associate Dean College of Business & Technology DATE: November 6, 2015 SUBJECT: Curriculum Proposal(s) Please consider the following curriculum proposal(s) from the College Business & Technology’s Curriculum Committee at the next CAA meeting on November 19, 2015:



New Course(s) RMI 472, Insurance, Finance and Accounting with Syllabus Course Addition Program Revision(s) Risk Management and Insurance BBA Remove redundant or obsolete classes from catalog description, add an additional class, and

simplify information. BS Risk Management and Insurance Add and delete some electives in the Major Requirements.

Applied Engineering and Technology (AETM) New Courses(s) AVN 161, Private Pilot-Airplane: Ground (Part 61) with Syllabus

Add Part 61-compliant private pilot-ground to aviation curriculum.

Page 1 of 2


College of Business and Technology School of Applied Arts & Technology

School of Business Offices of the Associate Deans

214 Business & Technology Center 521 Lancaster Avenue

Richmond, Kentucky 40475-3102 (859) 622-1574 or (859) 622-7701

FAX: (859) 622-1413 [email protected] or [email protected]

www.cbt.eku.edu

CAA Page 37


Applied Engineering and Technology (AETM) (Cont’d) New Courses(s) (Cont’d) AVN 161A, Private Pilot-Airplane (Part 61): Flight I with Syllabus

Add Part 61-compliant private pilot-flight lab I to aviation curriculum. AVN 162A, Private Pilot-Airplane (Part 61): Flight II with Syllabus

Add Part 61-compliant private pilot-flight lab II to aviation curriculum. AVN 231A, Instrument Pilot-MEL: Flight I with Syllabus


AVN 232A, Instrument Pilot-MEL: Flight II with Syllabus


Page 2 of 2

CAA Page 38


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Accounting, Finance, and Information Systems X New Course (Parts II, IV) College Business & Technology Course Revision (Parts II, IV) Course Prefix & Number RMI 472 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) Course Title (full title±) Insurance, Finance and Accounting New Minor (Part III) Program Title New Certificate (Departmental only) Program Suspension (Part III) Program Revision (Part III) If Certificate, indicate Long-Term (University) or Short-Term (Departmental)



Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 9/24/2015-11/4/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 11/5/2015 Faculty Senate** NA General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** NA Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* NA *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Course Addition A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Spring 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable) NA

B. The justification for this action: Add course to meet industry standards and to provide student opportunity to earn Insurance Designation.






CBT 1


McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

WITHDRAWN

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out





RMI 472 Insurance, Finance and Accounting. (3) A. Prerequisites: ACC 201 and 202. Designed to teach the principles of Statutory Accounting and Finance to the student of insurance. Review of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and the comparison of Statutory Accounting Principles (SAP). The student will learn to analyze the financial statement of property and liability insurers, to understand their investment strategies, which are regulated, and the financial consequences of mergers and acquisitions. Examines the effect of the insurance underwriting cycle upon the financial decisions of insurers.

CBT 2

CAA Page 40





RMI 472 Spring 2016 AS HS AFIS BT X JS ED UP


3 Lecture 3 Laboratory Other CIP Code (first two digits only) 52




1 3 N FR JR SO SR Grading Information: Course is


Course Title Abbreviation:(30 character limit) Thesis Internship Independent Study Practicum


requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. ACC 201 and 202 Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)





Proposed General Education Element: Please mark (X) in the appropriate Element or Elements Element 1 (9) Element 2 (3) Element 3 (6) Element 4 (6) Element 5 (6) Element 6 (6) Wellness 1A (3) 2 (3) 3A (3) 4(6) 5A (3) 6 (6) 1B (3) 3B (3) 5B (3) 1C (3) or 3A/B

Integrated A&H(6)

CBT 3

CAA Page 41

1

Risk Management and Insurance 472 Insurance, Finance and Accounting

Spring 2016 (CRN: ) Instructor: Carol A. B. Jordan Office: BTC 173 Phone: 859-622-1580 e-mail: [email protected] Office Hours: 2 p.m. - 3:30 p.m. Tuesday, Thursday

1 pm – 4:00 p.m. Monday, Wednesday Or by Appointment Required Texts: Finance & Accounting for Insurance Professionals Edited by Michael W. Elliott The Institutes; ISBN 978-0-89463-424-6 (2013)

Catalog Description: Prerequisites: ACC 201 and 202. This course is designed to teach the principles of Statutory Accounting and Finance to the student of insurance. To do so, there is a review of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and then the comparison of Statutory Accounting Principles (SAP). The student will learn to analyze the financial statement of property and liability insurers, to understand their investment strategies, which are regulated, and the financial consequences of mergers and acquisitions. Finally, the course examines the effect of the insurance underwriting cycle upon the financial decisions of insurers.

Course Objective: Upon completion of this course, the student will be prepared to sit for the Chartered Property Casualty Underwriters (CPCU) 540 examination, one of the eight examinations required for the CPCU designation.

Student Learning Outcomes:

Describe the purpose and content of each of the financial statements under GAAP.

Evaluate financial statements using ratios and other analysis techniques.

Compare and contrast GAAP and SAP principles.

Evaluate the financial strength of property‐casualty insurers.

Apply the concepts of time value of money to evaluate the rate of return on different types of

investments.

Apply investment portfolio management techniques to a client’s investment portfolio.

Apply the concepts of capital management to property‐casualty insurers.

Evaluate the gains and costs of a potential merger or acquisition.

Explain how financial factors influence underwriting cycles.

Supplemental Readings: None

Attendance Policy: Do not miss class…ever. The consequences of missing class are dire.

E-mail Accounts: Students must use the EKU e-mail system and maintain a valid EKU student e-mail address to which correspondence through Blackboard will be sent.

CBT 4

CAA Page 42

2

Evaluation Methods: 1000 points possible, 900 - 1000 = A, etc.

Student Progress: The Blackboard grade center will allow students to view all their grades on exams and assignments and can also be used as an early warning system to alert students of poor performance. Disability Statement: Disability Accommodation Statement: A student with a “disability” may be an individual with a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities such as learning, seeing or hearing. Additionally, pregnancy accompanied by related medical conditions that causes a similar substantial limitation may also be considered a disability under the ADA. If you are registered with the Office of Services for Individuals with Disabilities, please obtain your accommodation letters from OSID and present them to the course instructor to discuss any academic accommodations you need. If you believe you need accommodation and are not registered with OSID, please contact the office in the Whitlock Building Room 361 by email at [email protected] or by telephone at (859) 622-2933. Upon individual request, this syllabus can be made available in an alternative format. Academic Integrity Statement: Students are advised that EKU’s Academic Integrity policy will strictly be enforced in this course. The Academic Integrity policy is available at www.academicintegrity.eku.edu. Questions regarding the policy may be directed to the Office of Academic Integrity.

CBT 5

Exams 80% Quizzes 20%

CAA Page 43

3

Class Schedule:

Spring 2016

Topics Chapters in Elliott Date

Assignment 1&2 Review of GAAP Chapter 1‐3 January 31

Assignment 2 Insurer Statutory Accounting Chapter 4 February

Assignment 3 Insurer Financial Statement Analysis February

Assignment 4 Cash Flow Valuation Chapters 5 & 6 March

Assignment 5 Bonds & Stocks Chapter 7 March

Assignment 6 Regulation of Insurer Investments March

Assignment 7 Insurer Investment Portfolio Mgt Chapter 8 April

Assignment 8 Insurer Capital Needs Chapter 9 April

Assignment 9 Capital Management Chapter 10 April

Assignment 10 Mergers & Acquisition Chapter 11 April

Assignment 11 Insurance Underwriting Cycle Chapter 12 May

Exams Date

Exam 1 Chapters 1‐3 January 200 points

Exam 2 Chapters 4‐6 February 200 points

Exam 3 Chapter 7‐9 March 200 points

Final Chapters 10 ‐12 May 200 points

**Subject to revision and change

CBT 6

CAA Page 44


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Accounting, Finance, & Information Systems New Course (Parts II, IV) College Business & Technology Course Revision (Parts II, IV) Course Prefix & Number Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) Course Title (full title±) New Minor (Part III) Program Title Risk Management & Insurance BBA New Certificate (Departmental only) Program Suspension (Part III) X Program Revision (Part III) If Certificate, indicate Long-Term (University) or Short-Term (Departmental)



Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 10/20/15-11/4/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 11/5/2015 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* NA *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Remove redundant or obsolete classes from catalog description, add an additional class, and simplify information. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable) NA

B. The justification for this action: The description for our program in the catalog is confusing and difficult to follow.






CBT 7

V.3.4.15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

12/7/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016





Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE

CIP Code: 52.1701

UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS • General Education..............................................36 hours • Student Success Seminar (BTO 100; waived for transfers with 30+ hrs) .......................................1 hour • Wellness .............................................................3 hours • Writing Intensive Course (hours incorporated into Major/ Supporting/Gen Ed/Free Electives category) • Upper division courses (42 hrs. distributed throughout Major/Supporting/Gen Ed/Free Electives categories) • ACCT - Risk Management and Insurance B.B.A. majors will fulfill ACCT with GBU 480. (Credit hours may be incorporated into Major or Supporting requirements) Total Hours University Graduation Requirements....40 hours MAJOR REQUIREMENTS College Requirements: BTS 300 (CR only, no hours) and BTS 400 (CR only, no hours). Core Courses: Pre-Business Core......................................................12 hours ACC 201, 202; GBU 204; QMB 200. Business Core........................................................21 hours CCT 300W, CIS 300, FIN 300, GBU 480, MGT 300, 370, MKT 300. Risk Management and Insurance Requirements............................................................27 hours

RMI 370, 372, 374, 378; 486 or 460 or 474, 12 15 additional hours of Risk Management and Insurance electives may be taken from the following: RMI 349—up to a maximum of six hours, RMI 376, 380, 460, 474, 476, 486 and RMI 400—up to a maximum of six hours total, RMI 490—up to a maximum of six hours; FSE 350, TRS 332, GBU 310, 311, MGT 330, MKT 310,FIN 201, FIN 310, 311, 324 and 390S, or advisor approved electives.

Supporting Course Requirements ..........................9 hours CIS 212 or CSC INF 104; ECO 230 (ᴳElement 5B), 231; MAT 107 112 (ᴳElement 2) or 211 (ᴳElement 2); PSY 200 (ᴳElement 5B) or 200W (ᴳElement 5B) or SOC 131 (ᴳElement 5B). (ᴳ = Course also satisfies a General Education element. Hours are included within the 36 hour General Education requirement above. A maximum of 3 credit hours will count toward Element 5B.)

Free Electives (non-business) ..................................11 hours TOTAL HOURS TO COMPLETE DEGREE………………………………………………120 hours

CBT 8


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Accounting, Finance, & Information Systems New Course (Parts II, IV) College Business & Technology Course Revision (Parts II, IV) Course Prefix & Number Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) Course Title (full title±) New Minor (Part III) Program Title BS Risk Management and Insurance New Certificate (Departmental only) Program Suspension (Part III) X Program Revision (Part III) If Certificate, indicate Long-Term (University) or Short-Term (Departmental)



Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 10/20/2015-11/4/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 11/5/2015 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* NA *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Add and delete some electives in the major requirements. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable) NA

B. The justification for this action: Remove redundant or obsolete classes from catalog description, add an additional class, and simplify information.






CBT 9

V.3.4.15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

12/7/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016





Bachelor of Science (B.S.) RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE

CIP Code: 52.1701

UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS • General Education..............................................36 hours • Student Success Seminar (BTO 100; waived for transfers with 30+ hrs.........................................1 hour • Wellness .............................................................3 hours • Writing Intensive Course (hours incorporated into Major/ Supporting/Gen Ed/Free Electives category) • Upper division courses (42 hrs. distributed throughout Major/Supporting/Gen Ed/Free Electives categories) • ACCT - Risk Management and Insurance B.S. majors will fulfill ACCT with RMI378. (Credit hours may be incorporated into Major or Supporting requirements) Total Hours University Graduation Requirements...40 hours MAJOR REQUIREMENTS College Requirements:

BTS 300 (CR only, no hours) and BTS 400 (CR only, no hours). Core Courses:

Pre-Business Core ............................................12 hours ACC 201, 202; GBU 204; QMB 200. Business Core....................................................21 hours CCT 300W, CIS 300, FIN 300, RMI370, 374, MGT 300, MKT 300.

Insurance Requirements..........................................21 hours RMI 372, 378; 460 or 474 or 486; and 12 15 hours from INS RMI 349 (1-6 hours), 376, 380, 400 (up to a maximum of six hours), 460, 474, 476, 486, 490 (1-6 hours), or any upper division RMI course not taken as part of major requirements, GBU 310, 311, MGT 330, MKT 310, APS 350, 438, FSE 350, TRS 332, FIN 201, FIN 310, 311 and 390S or advisor approved electives.

Supporting Course Requirements.....................................3 hours ECO 230(ᴳElement 5B), CIS 212 or CSC INF 104; MAT 107 112 (ᴳElement 2) or 211(ᴳElement 2). (ᴳ = Course also satisfies a General Education element. Hours are included within the 36 hr. General Education requirement above.)

Free Electives......................................................................23 hours TOTAL HOURS TO COMPLETE DEGREE..............120 hours

CBT 10

McGeeR

Typewritten Text


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Applied Engineering and Technology X New Course (Parts II, IV) College Business and Technology Course Revision (Parts II, IV) Course Prefix & Number AVN 161 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) Course Title (full title±) Private Pilot-Airplane: Ground (Part 61) New Minor (Part III) Program Title New Certificate (Departmental only) Program Suspension (Part III) Program Revision (Part III) If Certificate, indicate Long-Term (University) or Short-Term (Departmental)



Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 8/28/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 11/5/2015 Faculty Senate** NA General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** NA Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* NA *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Add Part 61-compliant private pilot- ground to aviation curriculum. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Spring 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable) NA

B. The justification for this action: The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) has two tracks for private pilot training. AVN 161 will allow students who transfer to EKU with Federal Aviation Regulation (FAR) Part 61 flight training to receive credit for flight courses completed. C. The projected cost (or savings) of this proposal is as follows:





CBT 11


McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

SPRING 2016





AVN 161 Private Pilot-Airplane: Ground (Part 61). (4) A. Prerequisite: Math ACT of 22 or higher, or math placement score equivalent to Math 098 or higher, or MAT 098 or above with a grade of “C” or better. Provides aeronautical knowledge and 5 hours flight simulation necessary to prepare student pilots to successfully complete FAA Private Pilot-Airplane written examination.

CBT 12

CAA Page 50





AVN 161 Spring 2016 AS HS AETM BT X JS ED UP


4 Lecture 3.20 Laboratory Other CIP Code (first two digits only) 49








requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. Math ACT of 22 or higher, or math placement score equivalent to Math 098 or

higher, or MAT 098 or above with a grade of “C” or better. Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)






Integrated A&H(6)

CBT 13

CAA Page 51

AVN 161 Private Pilot-Airplane (Part 61) Academic Ground Syllabus EKU WILL DEVELOP INFORMED, CRITICAL & CREATIVE THINKERS WHO COMMUNICATE EFFECTIVELY.

Page 1 Rev # _O_& Effective date_08/01/15_

AVN 161 Private Pilot-Airplane (Part 61)

Academic Ground Syllabus July 1, 2015

CBT 14

CAA Page 52



List of Effective Pages (LOEP) Page # & Title Revision

# Action To Be Accomplished (line thru or R&R page)

Date Incorporated

1-Title page O August 1, 2015

2-LOEP O August 1, 2015

3-Course Description & Outcomes

O August 1, 2015

4-Required Text, & conduct of the course

O August 1, 2015

5-Homework schedule and Grading criteria

O August 1, 2015

6-TSA policy, FAA exams, attendance policy, & disability statement

O August 1, 2015

7- Academic integrity & Official Email

O August 1, 2015

FSDO/POI Approved _____________________________________________________Date____________________

CBT 15

CAA Page 53



AVN 161 Private Pilot-Airplane: Ground (Part 61) Eastern Kentucky University Spring Semester CRN (xxx)

Instructor: Greg Wilson Dates: Classroom: Whalin 348 Office Hours: Whalin 325 Phone Office (859) 622-7898 E-mail [email protected]

Course Description: An introduction to flying designed to provide all aeronautical information necessary to successfully complete the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) written examination for Part 61 private airplane pilots. This is an integrated lecture and laboratory effort in which simulators and actual aircraft may be used. This course emphasizes study in aerodynamics, aircraft systems, flight planning, flight operations, navigation, weather and weather services, air traffic control procedures, aeronautical decision-making and flight related physiological factors. Also, to enhance student flight knowledge and skills, five simulated flight hours have been included in an FAA Advanced Aircraft Training Device (AATD) flight simulator and will be scheduled with the instructor on a simulator availability basis. Student Learning Outcomes (SLOs):

1. The student will have sufficient aeronautical knowledge to pass all elements of the FAA Private Pilot written knowledge exam.

2. Completion of this course of study will also serve as a foundation to prepare students for the FAA Private oral exam and practical check ride.

3. Specifically, at the completion of this course of study, students will: a. Demonstrate by individual examination and in class group quizzes, the mastery of aviation

theories. These theories will include the concepts of aerodynamics, weather and weather services, and aircraft systems.

b. Demonstrate by examination and in class practical application, the use of quantitative reasoning for aircraft performance to calculate route distances and wind vectors, estimated time enroute (ETE), and total, alternate, and reserve fuel requirements for a typical flight. Calculations will be made using algebraic equations and/or the E6B circular slide rule.

c. Demonstrate by practical application, the use of critical thinking by synthesizing all flight planning, navigation theories, and aeronautical decision making presented in the classroom.

d. Demonstrate by practical application, the use of critical thinking by synthesizing all instrument aviation theories presented in the classroom and those found in all assigned readings in the EKU FAA AATD flight simulator.

e. Demonstrate by in class group projects, proficient communication skills. Students will be required to participate in group FAA research projects and then demonstrate the proper air traffic control (ATC) procedures and operations necessary to navigate within the ATC system.

f. Demonstrate a mastery of technology and information literacy through Blackboard (BB). Students will take all course examinations online using BB. Additionally, student-to-instructor and student-to-student communication is possible using BB.

CBT 16

CAA Page 54



Prerequisite: None Required Texts/ Materials:

1. Private Pilot Kit (includes Jeppesen GFD Private Pilot textbook, Maneuvers Guide, PTS, ASA Test Prep (current edition), Oral Prep Guide, FAR/AIM (current edition), Pilot Logbook, Stage Exam booklet, EKU Private pilot syllabus, plotter, and E6B.) (Headset is optional)

2. St. Louis and/or Cincinnati VFR Sectional Charts (most current) 3. Airport/ Facilities Directory (current edition) 4. Pilot Operating Handbook POH for C172 models R and model P 5. EKU AATD Flight Simulation MDG (only needs to be purchased once) 6. EKU AVN 161A/162A Flight syllabus (Pro-flight only) 7. EKU C172 P and R checklists

Conduct of the course: AVN 161 is an on campus course that includes a combination of in class lectures, in class videos, in class practical application exercises, and eleven (11) online post chapter exams, plus the online final exam or FAA written. Additionally, there is a practice FAA written, that students may take as many times as they choose. Taking this practice exam is entirely optional and will have no impact on the student’s final grade other than to refine their content knowledge. All students should consider taking the FAA written exam (knowledge test) as the final exam for this course. However, there is a Bb version that can also be taken as the final exam in lieu of the FAA Written. I strongly recommend taking both tests and I will give you the higher of the two scores. Students must take one or the other. The FAA written exam must be completed no later than the date when completing the associated instrument flight lab leading the FAA instrument practical check ride. All online exams will be delivered using EKU’s Blackboard (Bb) academic suite. Inside Bb and the “Course Content module,” there are eight (8) modules representing all 16 weeks in this semester. All due dates will be listed, as well. Final Exam: The final exam location and date for this course is TBD. Dates and times are listed in the

EKU Colonel’s Compass

CBT 17

CAA Page 55



Homework Schedule:

Unit Weeks/ Dates

Jeppesen GFD Ground Lessons (GL)

Jeppesen GFD Text Reading Assignments

& Exams

ASA Test Prep Reading Assignments

& Exams

Group Activities/ Flight Planning

Exercises

Jeppesen Ground

(GL) Videos

Jeppesen Flight (FL)

Videos

1 1-2 1/14-1/25

Stage I GLs 1& 2

Jep CHs 1&2 Discovering Aviation &

Airplane Systems

ASA CH 2&3 Aircraft Systems& Flight instruments

TBA CH 2 Ground Ops & Basic Maneuvers

2 3-4 1/28-2/8

GLs 3&4 Jep CHs 3&4 Aerodynamics &

The flight environment

ASA CHs 1 & 5 Basic Aerodynamics &

Procs & Airport OPS I & II

TBA CH 3 CH 4

Flight Maneuvers & Emerg. Land procedures

3 5-6 2/11-2/22

GLs 5&6 Jep CH 5 Communication & Flight information Jep Stage I Exam

(CHs 1-5)

ASA CH 11 Communication

Procedures ASA Stage I exam (CHs 1, 2,3, 5&11)

TBA CH 5 Ground Ref Maneuvers & Airport Ops

4 7-8 2/25-3/8

Stage II GLs 7&8

Jep CH 6 Meteorology for pilots &

Jep Ch 12 FAR/AIM FAR Parts 1, 61, 91, 830

ASA CH 6 Weather

TBA CH 6 Perf T.O. & Landings. & Special OPs

5 9-10 3/11-3/22

GLs 9&10 Jep CH 7 Interpreting Weather

Data & Jep Stage II Exam

(CHs 6&7)

ASA CH 7 Weather Services

ASA Stage II Exam (CHs 6&7)

TBA CH 7

6 11-12 3/25-4/5

Stage III GL 11 Jep CH 8 Airplane Performance

ASA CH 8 Aircraft Performance

TBA CH 8

7 13-14 4/8-4/19

GLs 12 Jep CH 9 Navigation

ASA CH 9, &10 EnRoute & Navigation

TBA CH 9

8 15 4/22-4/26

GLs 13&14 Jep CH 10&11 Applying Human Factors

Flying Cross Country

ASA CH 4 Regulations I & II

TBA CH 10

9 16-17 4/29-5/10

GLs 15&16 Jep Stage III Exam CHs 8-12

Jep EOC exam CHs 1-12

ASA Stage III exam CHs 4, 8,9, & 10

ASA Final Exam or FAA Written

TBA NA

Graded Events Points Weight

Participation/ Attendance (10x16) 160 11.8% Jeppesen Stage Exams (1X 50 & 2X100) 300 22.1% ASA Stage Exams (3X100) 300 22.1% AATD Simulated Flight Instruction (5X20) 100 7.3% Group Activities/Flight planning 100 7.3% Jep EOC Exam 200 14.7% ASA Final exam or FAA Written 200 14.7% Extra Credit TBD TBD Total 1350 100%

CBT 18

CAA Page 56



Grades:

A = 90 to 100% B = 80 to 89% C =70 to 79% D = 60 to 69% F = 0% to 59%

Simulated Flight Instruction & Aircraft TSA Policy: In compliance with FAA and TSA policy, students must present proof of citizenship prior to first simulator or aircraft flight. Accepted documents include driver’s license plus birth certificate or passport. International students must comply with TSA rules and regulations regarding flight training of foreign nationals in the U.S. FAA Exam Recommendations: Students passing the course with a B or above, and making a grade of 80% or above on all the Quizzes and Exams will be recommended to take the FAA Aeronautical Knowledge Test for Private Pilot, Airplane.

Student Progress: Quiz and Exam results will be reviewed in class. Mid-Term grades will be available for viewing on EKUDirect on the date listed in the Course Outline. In class Attendance Policy: Punctual class attendance is expected of all students and will constitute a significant portion of the final grade. A “double declining” method will be used to compute the attendance contribution to the final grade (missing 5% of the classes will result in a 10% reduction in the attendance grade). Students missing 8 or more classes, excused or unexcused, will receive an ‘F’ for the course. Unless an exception has been approved, anyone arriving for class after the roll has been taken will not be admitted into the classroom and will be marked as absent. Students who are absent due to activities approved by the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs shall provide the professor with a copy of the official notice of such approval. Such notice does not constitute an exemption from course requirements, but rather it is an explanation of the fact that the activity has been approved as legitimate use of the school day and will therefore not be considered as an absence. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain missed work and to schedule makeup tests. Last Date to Drop the Course: Refer to Colonel’s Compass on-line for these dates

CBT 19

CAA Page 57



Disability Statement: If you are registered with the Office of Services for Individuals with Disabilities, please obtain your accommodation letters from the OSID and present them to the course instructor to discuss any academic accommodations you need. If you believe you need accommodation and are not registered with the OSID, please contact the Office in the Whitlock Building Room 361 by email at [email protected] or by telephone at (859) 622-2933 V/TDD. Upon individual request, this syllabus can be made available in an alternative format. Academic Integrity Statement: Students are advised that EKU’s Academic Integrity policy will be strictly enforced in this course. The Academic Integrity policy is available at www.academicintegrity.eku.edu. Questions regarding the policy may be directed to the Office of Academic Integrity. Official E-mail: An official EKU e-mail account is established for each registered student, each faculty member, and each staff member. All university communications sent via e-mail will be sent to this EKU e-mail address. Any notifications sent to an individual’s EKU email account will be proof that the individual was officially notified of an event or requirement. Course Requirements: Comply with the requirements as stated in this syllabus and the EKU Student Handbook.

CBT 20

CAA Page 58

Curriculum Change Form (Present only one proposed curriculum change per form) (Complete only the section(s) applicable.)

Part I (Check one) Department Name Applied Engineering and Technology XX New Course (Parts II, IV) College Business and Technology Course Revision (Parts II, IV) Course Prefix & Number AVN 161A Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) Course Title (full title±) Private Pilot-Airplane (Part 61): Flight I New Minor (Part III) Program Title New Certificate (Departmental only) Program Suspension (Part III) Program Revision (Part III) If Certificate, indicate Long-Term (University) or Short-Term (Departmental)





A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Add Part 61-compliant private pilot- flight lab I to aviation curriculum. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Spring 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable) NA

B. The justification for this action: To facilitate acceptance of part 61 transfer flight students. Flight lab I (first 25 hours) that is connected to AVN 161



Operating Expenses Impact: None Equipment/Physical Facility Needs: None


CBT 21


McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

SPRING 2016





AVN 161A Private Pilot-Airplane (Part 61): Flight I. (1) A. Prerequisite or Corequisite: AVN 161 with “C” grade or better and overall 2.0 GPA. First twenty-five dual and/or solo flight hours leading to FAA private pilot SEL certification using FAA part 61 Rules.

CBT 22

CAA Page 60





AVN 161A Spring 2016 AS HS AETM BT X JS ED UP


1 Lecture Laboratory Other CIP Code (first two digits only) 49




0 1 S FR JR SO SR Grading Information: Course is




requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)


Course Prefix and No. AVN 161 with “C” grade or better and overall 2.0 GPA. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or




Integrated A&H(6)

CBT 23

CAA Page 61

EKU AVN 161A Gibbs 1

EKU WILL DEVELOP INFORMED, CRITICAL & CREATIVE THINKERS WHO COMMUNICATE EFFECTIVELY.

Eastern Kentucky University Department of Applied Engineering and Technology

AVN 161A, Private Pilot-Airplane (Part 61): Flight I, CRN- One Credit Hour

Spring Semester 2016

Professor: Ralph Gibbs Office #: Ault 245 (Office hours posted by door) Classroom: Madison County Airport Phone: Office (859) 622-1014 E-mail: [email protected] Course Description: This flight course is designed to be integrated with the Part 61 Private Pilot-Airplane ground school course, i.e., AVN 161. This course is the first flight lab consisting of 25 flight hours and leads to the Part 61 Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) private pilot airplane certification. Flying all hours, while using the EKU Part 61 syllabus, is required to complete this course. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: AVN 161 with a grade of “B” or better, and an overall GPA of 2.0 Text (s): FAA Private Pilot Training Standards (PTS) and FAA Part 61 flight training guidelines. Student Learning Outcomes (SLOs): At the completion of the course, the student will:

1. Pass the FAA private pilot knowledge written exam. 2. Have sufficient aeronautical knowledge and flight skills to pass all stage checks and the FAA

practical check ride Evaluation Methods: Graded Events Points Weight

Instructional Flight hours 100 100% Total 100 100%

Grades: Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory Student Progress: Student progress is defined by following the FAA-approved Part 61 Private Pilot-Airplane. Attendance Policy: EKU student pilots are expected to arrive at the airport or sim classroom 15 minutes prior to each scheduled brief for their aircraft or sim flights. Additionally, they are expected to make themselves available for a minimum of 3 aircraft flights or sim flights each week. Failure to do so may result in a graduation delay.

CBT 24

CAA Page 62



Crew Rest Policy: There are 3 crew rest parameters. They are crew day, crew week, and crew rest between crew days. First, no EKU student pilot crew week will exceed 6 days in 7. All EKU flight personnel must take one day in seven to decompress. Second, no EKU aviation student shall be scheduled for more than 12 hours per day. These 12 hours includes all academic, all flight, all personal socializing, and all outside employment activities. Finally, per the FAA revised crew rest policy, all EKU aircrew will observe 9 hours of uninterrupted crew rest between crew days.

Last Date to Drop the Course: March 16, 2015 Disability Statement: If you are registered with the Office of Services for Individuals with Disabilities, please obtain your accommodation letters from the OSID and present them to the course instructor to discuss any academic accommodations you need. If you believe you need accommodation and are not registered with the OSID, please contact the Office in the Whitlock Building Room 361 by email at [email protected] or by telephone at (859) 622-2933 V/TDD. Upon individual request, this syllabus can be made available in an alternative format. Academic Integrity Statement: Students are advised that EKU’s Academic Integrity policy will be strictly enforced in this course. The Academic Integrity policy is available at www.academicintegrity.eku.edu. Questions regarding the policy may be directed to the Office of Academic Integrity. Official E-mail: An official EKU e-mail account is established for each registered student, each faculty member, and each staff member. All university communications sent via e-mail will be sent to this EKU e-mail address. Any notifications sent to an individual’s EKU email account will be proof that the individual was officially notified of an event or requirement.

Course Requirements: Comply with the requirements as stated in this syllabus and the EKU Student Handbook. AVN 161A is a flight course conducted at the Madison County Airport using EKU aircraft. The unit flight hours below reflect the absolute minimum to complete the aviation degree in 4 years. However, students are strongly encouraged to fly 3 times each week during all 4 semesters, including summer. Observing this schedule, student pilots will fly more than the 3 hour minimums shown and will need to enroll in the subsequent flight labs, i.e., AVN 162A after completing AVN 161A.

CBT 25

CAA Page 63



Course Outline:

Module Dates/ Weeks

Flight Hour Minimums

Stage Checks

1 1-2 1/9-1/22

3 hours TBA

2 3-4 1/23-2/5

3 hours TBA

3 5-6 2/6-2/19

3 hours TBA

4 7-8 2/20-3/4

3 hours TBA

5 9-10 3/5-3/18

3 hours TBA

6

11-12 3/19-4/1

3 hours TBA

7 13-14 4/2-4/15

3 hours TBA

8 15-16 4/16-4/29

3 hours TBA

9 17 4/30-5/4

1 hour

Simulator & Aircraft TSA Policy: In compliance with FAA and Transportation Security Administration (TSA) policy, students must present proof of citizenship prior to first simulator or aircraft flight. Accepted documents include driver’s license plus birth certificate or passport. International students must comply with TSA rules and regulations regarding flight training of foreign nationals in the U.S.

FAA Exam Recommendations: Students passing the course with a B or above, and making a grade of 80% or above on the Quizzes and Exams will be recommended to take the FAA Aeronautical Knowledge Test for Private Pilot Airplane. Students with a C or above for the course and scoring less than 80% on a Quiz or Stage Exam will NOT receive a recommendation to take the FAA. Students will be required to present photo ID to take the FAA written and will also require the instructor’s logbook endorsement. Cell Phone Policy: During class, cell phones, PDAs, and pagers must be turned off or set to silent mode, then placed face down or closed on the desk/table in front of the student. If you are caught texting or talking on cell phones during class, you may be asked to leave and your departure will count as an unexcused absence. During graded exercises, students may not use the calculator function of a wireless communication device such as a cell phone or PDA. Class Hours: Scheduled with assigned flight instructor and following crew rest guidelines and student academic schedule. Final Exam: The final exam location and date for this course is TBA.

CBT 26

CAA Page 64


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Applied Engineering and Technology XX New Course (Parts II, IV) College Business and Technology Course Revision (Parts II, IV) Course Prefix & Number AVN 162A Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) Course Title (full title±) Private Pilot-Airplane (Part 61): Flight II New Minor (Part III) Program Title New Certificate (Departmental only) Program Suspension (Part III) Program Revision (Part III) If Certificate, indicate Long-Term (University) or Short-Term (Departmental)





A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Add Part 61-compliant private pilot- flight lab II to aviation curriculum. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Spring 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable) NA

B. The justification for this action: To facilitate acceptance of part 61 transfer flight students. Flight lab II (second 25 hours) that is connected to AVN 161






CBT 27


McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

SPRING 2016





AVN 162A Private Pilot-Airplane (Part 61): Flight II. (1) A. Prerequisite: AVN 161A with “S” grade and overall 2.0 GPA. Second twenty-five dual and/or solo flight hours leading to FAA private pilot SEL certification using FAA part 61 rules.

CBT 28

CAA Page 66





AVN 162A Spring 2016 AS HS AETM BT X JS ED UP


1 Lecture 3.20 Laboratory Other CIP Code (first two digits only) 49








requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. AVN 162A with “S” grade and overall 2.0 GPA. Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)






Integrated A&H(6)

CBT 29

CAA Page 67




AVN 162A, Private Pilot-Airplane (Part 61): Flight II, CRN- One Credit Hour


Professor: Ralph Gibbs Office #: Ault 245 (Office hours posted by door) Classroom: Madison County Airport Phone: Office (859) 622-1014 E-mail: [email protected] Course Description: This course is the second light lab consisting of 25 flight hours and leads to the Part 61 Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) private pilot airplane certification. Flying all hours, while using the EKU Part 61 syllabus, is required to complete this course. Prerequisite: AVN 161A with a grade of “S” and an overall GPA of 2.0 Text (s): FAA Private Pilot Training Standards (PTS) and FAA Part 61 flight training guidelines. Student Learning Outcomes (SLOs): At the completion of the course, the student will

1. Pass the FAA private pilot knowledge written exam. 2. Have sufficient aeronautical knowledge and flight skills to pass all stage checks and the FAA part

61 private pilot practical check ride Evaluation Methods: Graded Events Points Weight

Instructional Flight hours 100 100% Total 100 100%

Grades: Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory Student Progress: Student progress is defined by following the FAA-approved Part 61 Private Pilot-Airplane. Attendance Policy: EKU student pilots are expected to arrive at the airport or sim classroom 15 minutes prior to each scheduled brief for their aircraft or sim flights. Additionally, they are expected to make themselves available for a minimum of 3 aircraft flights or sim flights each week. Failure to do so may result in a graduation delay.

CBT 30

CAA Page 68



Crew Rest Policy: There are 3 crew rest parameters. They are crew day, crew week, and crew rest between crew days. First, no EKU student pilot crew week will exceed 6 days in 7. All EKU flight personnel must take one day in seven to decompress. Second, no EKU aviation student shall be scheduled for more than 12 hours per day. These 12 hours includes all academic, all flight, all personal socializing, and all outside employment activities. Finally, per the FAA revised crest rest policy, all EKU aircrew will observe 9 hours of uninterrupted crew rest between crew days.


Course Requirements: Comply with the requirements as stated in this syllabus and the EKU Student Handbook. AVN 162A is a flight course conducted at the Madison County Airport using EKU aircraft. The unit flight hours below reflect the absolute minimum to complete the aviation degree in 4 years. However, students are strongly encouraged to fly 3 times each week during all 4 semesters, including summer. Doing so, student pilots will fly more than the 3 hour minimums shown and will need to enroll in the subsequent flight labs, i.e., AVN 162A after completing AVN 161A.

CBT 31

CAA Page 69



Course Outline:

Module Dates/ Weeks


Stage Checks

1 1-2 1/9-1/22

3 hours TBA

2 3-4 1/23-2/5

3 hours TBA

3 5-6 2/6-2/19

3 hours TBA

4 7-8 2/20-3/4

3 hours TBA

5 9-10 3/5-3/18

3 hours TBA

6

11-12 3/19-4/1

3 hours TBA

7 13-14 4/2-4/15

3 hours TBA

8 15-16 4/16-4/29

3 hours TBA

9 17 4/30-5/4

1 hour


FAA Exam Recommendations: Students passing the course with a B or above, and making a grade of 80% or above on the Quizzes and Exams will be recommended to take the FAA Aeronautical Knowledge Test for Private Pilot, Helicopter. Students with a C or above for the course and scoring less than 80% on a Quiz or Stage Exam will NOT receive a recommendation to take the FAA. Students will be required to present photo ID to take the FAA written and will also require the instructor’s logbook endorsement. Cell Phone Policy: During class, cell phones, PDAs, and pagers must be turned off or set to silent mode, then placed face down or closed on the desk/table in front of the student. If you are caught texting or talking on cell phones during class, you may be asked to leave and your departure will count as an unexcused absence. During graded exercises, students may not use the calculator function of a wireless communication device such as a cell phone or PDA. Class Hours: Scheduled with assigned flight instructor and following crew rest guidelines and student academic schedule. Final Exam: The final exam location and date for this course is TBA.

CBT 32

CAA Page 70


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Applied Engineering and Technology XX New Course (Parts II, IV) College Business and Technology Course Revision (Parts II, IV) Course Prefix & Number AVN 231A Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) Course Title (full title±) Instrument Pilot-MEL: Flight I New Minor (Part III) Program Title New Certificate (Departmental only) Program Suspension (Part III) Program Revision (Part III) If Certificate, indicate Long-Term (University) or Short-Term (Departmental)




Completion of A, B, and C is required: (Please be specific, but concise.) A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Add two twenty-five hour flight labs, labeled AVN 231A and AVN 232A as multi-engine Land (MEL) alternatives to the existing single-engine land (SEL) AVN 221A and 222A. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Spring 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable) NA

B. The justification for this action: For students who wish to pursue 150 MEL hours as opposed to 100 MEL hours. This will allow easier billing and differentiation of student in the appropriate flight labs. It will also assist with veteran students who want to pursue the 150 hours of MEL. This course is the first 25 hours of MEL instrument flight.






CBT 33


McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

SPRING 2016





AVN 231A Instrument Pilot-MEL: Flight I. (1) A. Prerequisite or corequisite: AVN 220 with “C” grade or better. Prerequisite: AVN 193A with “S” grade, and overall 2.0 GPA. First twenty-five dual MEL flight hours leading to the FAA instrument pilot certification using FAA-approved Part 141 flight training syllabus.

CBT 34

CAA Page 72





AVN 231A Spring 2016 AS HS AETM BT JS ED UP










requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. Prerequisite: AVN 193A with “S” grade, and overall 2.0 GPA. Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)


Course Prefix and No. AVN 220 with “C” grade or better Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or




Integrated A&H(6)

CBT 35

CAA Page 73


EKU WILL DEVELOP INFORMED, CRITICAL & CREATIVE THINKERS WHO COMMUNICATE EFFECTIVELY. (EKU Quality Enhancement Plan, 2009)


Syllabus for AVN 231A Instrument Pilot-MEL: Flight I, CRN- One Credit Hours

Spring Semester 2016 (16 weeks)

Professor: Ralph Gibbs Office #: Whalin 307B (Office hours posted by door) Classroom: Madison County Airport Phone: Office (859) 622-1014 E-mail: [email protected] Course Description: This course consists of the first twenty-five dual multi-engine land (MEL) flight hours leading to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) instrument pilot certification. Flying all 25 hours under instrument flight rules (IFR), while using the FAA-approved Part 141 syllabus, is required to complete this course. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: AVN 220 with a grade of “C” or better, prerequisite: 193A with “S” grade, and overall 2.0 GPA Text (s): FAA Instrument Pilot Training Standards and EKU Part 141 syllabus. Student Learning Outcomes (SLOs):

1. Pass the FAA Instrument Pilot knowledge written exam. 2. At the completion of the course, the student will have sufficient aeronautical knowledge and flight

skills to pass all Instrument Pilot Stage exams. Evaluation Methods: Graded Events Points Weight

25 hours & Instrument Stage Checks 100 100% Total 100 100%

Grades: Pass/Fail Student Progress: Student progress is defined by following the FAA-approved Part 141 Instrument Pilot syllabus. Attendance Policy: EKU student pilots are expected to arrive at the airport or sim classroom 15 minutes prior to each scheduled brief for their aircraft or sim flights. Additionally, they are expected to make themselves available for a minimum of 3 aircraft flights or sim flights each week. Failure to do so may result in removal from the flight schedule indefinitely.

CBT 36

CAA Page 74





CBT 37

CAA Page 75


Homework Schedule:

Module Dates/ Weeks


Stage Checks

1 1-2 1/9-1/22

3 hours TBA

2 3-4 1/23-2/5

3 hours TBA

3 5-6 2/6-2/19

3 hours TBA

4 7-8 2/20-3/4

3 hours TBA

5 9-10 3/5-3/18

3 hours TBA

6

11-12 3/19-4/1

3 hours TBA

7 13-14 4/2-4/15

3 hours TBA

8 15-16 4/16-4/29

3 hours TBA

9 17 4/30-5/4

Instrument Pilot Stage Exam 1 hour


FAA Exam Recommendations: Students passing the course with a C or above, and making a grade of 80% or above on the Quizzes and Exams will be recommended to take the FAA Aeronautical Knowledge Test for Private Pilot, Airplane. Students with a C or above for the course but scoring less than 80% on a Quiz or Stage Exam will normally receive a recommendation to take the FAA exam upon scoring 80% or higher on a retake of the test(s). Students will be required to present photo ID to take the FAA written and will also require the instructor’s logbook endorsement.

Cell Phone Policy: During class, cell phones, PDAs, and pagers must be turned off or set to silent mode, then placed face down or closed on the desk/table in front of the student. If you are caught texting or talking on cell phones during class, you may be asked to leave and your departure will count as an unexcused absence. During graded exercises, students may not use the calculator function of a wireless communication device such as a cell phone or PDA. Class Hours: Scheduled with assigned flight instructor and following crew rest guidelines and student academic schedule.

Final Exam: The final exam location and date for this course is TBA. The Completion of all instrument 25 flight hours and associated stage check flights will be the final exam for this course.

CBT 38

CAA Page 76


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Applied Engineering and Technology XX New Course (Parts II, IV) College Business and Technology Course Revision (Parts II, IV) Course Prefix & Number AVN 232A Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) Course Title (full title±) Instrument Pilot-MEL: Flight II New Minor (Part III) Program Title New Certificate (Departmental only) Program Suspension (Part III) Program Revision (Part III) If Certificate, indicate Long-Term (University) or Short-Term (Departmental)




Completion of A, B, and C is required: (Please be specific, but concise.) A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Add two twenty-five hour flight labs, labeled AVN 231A and AVN 232A as multi-engine land (MEL) alternatives to the existing single-engine land (SEL) AVN 221A and 222A. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Spring 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable) NA

B. The justification for this action: For students who wish to pursue 150 MEL hours as opposed to 100 MEL hours. This will allow easier billing and differentiation of student in the appropriate flight labs. It will also assist with veteran students who want to pursue the 150 hours of MEL. This course is the second 25 hours of MEL instrument flight.






AETM 39


McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

SPRING 2016





AVN 232A Instrument Pilot-MEL: Flight II. (1) A. Prerequisite: AVN 231A with “S” grade and overall 2.0 GPA. Second twenty-five dual MEL flight hours leading to the FAA instrument pilot certification using FAA-approved Part 141 flight training syllabus.

AETM 40

CAA Page 78





AVN 232A Spring 2016 AS HS AETM BT XX JS ED UP










requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. AVN 231A with “S” grade and overall 2.0 GPA. Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)






Integrated A&H(6)

AETM 41

CAA Page 79


EKU WILL DEVELOP INFORMED, CRITICAL & CREATIVE THINKERS WHO COMMUNICATE EFFECTIVELY. (EKU Quality Enhancement Plan, 2009)


Syllabus for AVN 232A Instrument Pilot-MEL: Flight II, CRN- One Credit Hours


Professor: Ralph Gibbs Office #: Whalin 307B (Office hours posted by door) Classroom: Madison County Airport Phone: Office (859) 622-1014 E-mail: [email protected] Course Description: This course consists of the second twenty-five dual multi-engine land (MEL) flight hours leading to the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) instrument pilot certification. Flying all 25 hours under instrument flight rules (IFR), while using the FAA-approved Part 141 syllabus, is required to complete this course. Prerequisite: 231A with “S” grade, and overall 2.0 GPA Text (s): FAA Instrument Pilot Training Standards and EKU Part 141 syllabus. Student Learning Outcomes (SLOs):

1. Pass the FAA Instrument Pilot knowledge written exam. 2. At the completion of the course, the student will have sufficient aeronautical knowledge and flight

skills to pass all Instrument Pilot Stage exams. Evaluation Methods: Graded Events Points Weight

25 hours & Instrument Stage Checks 100 100% Total 100 100%

Grades: Pass/Fail Student Progress: Student progress is defined by following the FAA-approved Part 141 Instrument Pilot syllabus. Attendance Policy: EKU student pilots are expected to arrive at the airport or sim classroom 15 minutes prior to each scheduled brief for their aircraft or sim flights. Additionally, they are expected to make themselves available for a minimum of 3 aircraft flights or sim flights each week. Failure to do so may result in removal from the flight schedule indefinitely.

CBT 42

CAA Page 80





CBT 43

CAA Page 81


Homework Schedule:

Module Dates/ Weeks


Stage Checks

1 1-2 1/9-1/22

3 hours TBA

2 3-4 1/23-2/5

3 hours TBA

3 5-6 2/6-2/19

3 hours TBA

4 7-8 2/20-3/4

3 hours TBA

5 9-10 3/5-3/18

3 hours TBA

6

11-12 3/19-4/1

3 hours TBA

7 13-14 4/2-4/15

3 hours TBA

8 15-16 4/16-4/29

3 hours TBA

9 17 4/30-5/4

Instrument Pilot Stage Exam 1 hour

Simulator & Aircraft TSA Policy: In compliance with FAA and Transportation Safety Administration (TSA) policy, students must present proof of citizenship prior to first simulator or aircraft flight. Accepted documents include driver’s license plus birth certificate or passport. International students must comply with TSA rules and regulations regarding flight training of foreign nationals in the U.S.

FAA Exam Recommendations: Students passing the course with a C or above, and making a grade of 80% or above on the Quizzes and Exams will be recommended to take the FAA Aeronautical Knowledge Test for Private Pilot, Airplane. Students with a C or above for the course but scoring less than 80% on a Quiz or Stage Exam will normally receive a recommendation to take the FAA exam upon scoring 80% or higher on a retake of the test(s). Students will be required to present photo ID to take the FAA written and will also require the instructor’s logbook endorsement. Cell Phone Policy: During class, cell phones, PDAs, and pagers must be turned off or set to silent mode, then placed face down or closed on the desk/table in front of the student. If you are caught texting or talking on cell phones during class, you may be asked to leave and your departure will count as an unexcused absence. During graded exercises, students may not use the calculator function of a wireless communication device such as a cell phone or PDA. Class Hours: Scheduled with assigned flight instructor and following crew rest guidelines and student academic schedule. Final Exam: The final exam location and date for this course is TBA. The Completion of all instrument 25 flight hours and associated stage check flights will be the final exam for this course.

CBT 44

CAA Page 82

.

TO: Council on Academic Affairs FROM: Dr. Judy Short, Associate Dean College of Health Sciences DATE: November 4, 2015 SUBJECT: Curriculum Proposals The College of Health Sciences submits the following agenda items for consideration at

the November 19, 2015 CAA Meeting.

College of Health Science

Environmental Health Science Hybrid Course

Create EHS 300W as a writing intensive course

Drop Course EHS 300 – Course is being replace with EHS 300W


New Courses Create the following new courses for a new Pre Athletic Training/Pre Physical Therapy Concentration of the B.S. in Physical Education Program.

ATR 225L Applied Anatomy for Healthcare Providers Lab ATR 330 Foundations of Orthopedic Evaluation ATR 340 Foundations of Rehabilitation ATR 340L Foundations of Rehabilitation Lab ATR 430 Foundations of Clinical Practice

Course Revision

ATR 225 Revise course name, remove lab portion and add as co-requisite. Changes to pre-requisites.

Program Revision B.S. Physical Education Add a new concentration of Pre Athletic Training/Pre Physical Therapy

Office of the Dean Dr. Judy Short, Associate Dean

Anna Dixon, Academic Administrative Specialist [email protected]

[email protected]

Rowlett 203 521 Lancaster Avenue

Richmond, Kentucky 40475-3102 (859) 622-1523

FAX: (859) 622-1140 www.eku.edu


CAA Page 83

Family and Consumer Sciences

Course Revision NFA 202 - To change term offering designation from I to A

NFA 310 - To increase the credit hours from 2 to 3

Program Revision

B.S General Dietetics 1. Indicate NFA 310 is now 3 credit hours 2. Change total number of core from 55 to 56 3. Change number of elective hours from 4 to 3.

Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy Editorial Changes Rehabilitation Sciences Doctoral Program Correct the url address and update the Department Name

Recreation and Park Administration Course Revisions

REC 300 Change credit hours from 1 to variable hours of 1-3. REC 450W Change the description to reflect current terminology

CAA Page 84


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Environmental Health Science New Course (Parts II, IV) College Health Science Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number EHS 300W x Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Water Supply and Wastewater Disposal New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 8/21/2015 Council on Academic Affairs

College Curriculum Committee 10/7/2015 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* __NA_________________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received. Completion of A, B, and C is required: (Please be specific, but concise.)

A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Create EHS 300W

A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Spring 2016

A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: Our EHS students need a writing intensive course to fulfill University graduation requirements. Our EHS 300 water and wastewater course requires lab reports which are detailed and extensive. These reports require critical thinking as well as good analytical descriptive writing. The research proposal and paper for the water class are an integral part of the course. The writing of both of these requires the student to do research and disseminate the information in a well written and scientific paper. This course would satisfy our need for a writing intensive course. Please see syllabus for further information.


Personnel Impact: N/A

Operating Expenses Impact: N/A

Equipment/Physical Facility Needs: N/A

Library Resources: N/A

CAA Page 85

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

SPRING 2016





EHS 300W Water Supplies and Waste Disposal. (4) I, II. Prerequisites: ENG 102 or 105(B) or HON 102; EHS 280, BIO 320 or MLT 209 and MLT 211. Drinking water safety in both individual private systems and larger public systems. Maintenance of raw water quality, water purification, delivery systems, and surveillance. Techniques for collection, treatment, and disposal of sewerage also discussed. Credit will not be awarded for students who have credit for EHS 300

CAA Page 86

Part IV. Recording Data for New or Revised Course (Record only new or changed course information.)

Course prefix (3 letters)

Course Number (3 Digits)

Effective Academic Term (Example: Fall 2012)

College/Division: Dept. (4 letters)*

EHS 300W Spring 2016 AS HS x EHCL BT JS ED UP


4 Lecture Laboratory Other Cip Code (first two digits only) 51




FR JR SO SR Grading Information: Course is




requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. ENG 102 or 105(B) or HON 102; EHS 280, BIO 320 or MLT 209 and MLT 211 Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)




Equivalent Course(s): (credit will not be awarded for both…; or formerly…) Course Prefix and No. Credit will not be awarded for students who have credit for EHS 300 Course Prefix and No. Course Prefix and No.



CAA Page 87

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

1

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

N

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

B

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

2

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

B

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

E

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

K

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

S

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

T

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

V

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

W

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Y

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

4

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

4

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

4

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

4

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

4

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

4

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

4

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

4

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

4

Department of Environmental Health Science EHS Department Office: Dizney Room 220

Phone: (859) 622-3078 (EHS Office) Course - EHS 300W- CRN #10391, 4 credits (Dizney 212; M/W 12:30-1:45)

Water Supply & Wastewater Disposal Lecture: Dizney 212; (Monday & Wednesday 12:30-1:45) Lab: 1st Floor, Rowlett & Dizney 212 (Monday 1:50 p.m. – 3:40 p.m.)

Syllabus - Fall Semester 2015 Instructor - Dr. Jason W. Marion – [email protected] – (859) 622-6343

(Office: 233 Dizney; Office Hours: M/W, 5p-7p; T/R 1p-4p, & By Appt.) Course Description:

Drinking water safety in both individual private systems and larger public systems. Maintenance of raw water quality, water purification, delivery systems, and surveillance. Techniques for collection, treatment, and disposal of sewerage also discussed.

Required Text (all available in public domain via WHO and U.S. EPA): LeChevallier, MW & Kwok-Keung, A. (2004) Water treatment and pathogen control.

London, UK: IWA Publishing. p. 112 Sperling MV (2007) Basic principles of wastewater treatment (Volume 2). London, UK:

IWA Publishing. p. 195 U.S. EPA (2002) Onsite wastewater treatment systems manual. EPA Document

EPA/625/R-00/008. Office of Water, Office of Research and Development. Washington, DC. p.367.

Student Learning Outcomes (A-H primarily lecture, I-0 primarily lab): Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to: A. List and describe the major sources of water contamination. B. Understand how water contaminants impact human health and water quality B. Comprehend the dynamics of the hydrologic cycle and its effect on water quality. C. Understand the extent of groundwater and surface water contamination at the state,

national, and international levels, as well as prevention measures in place at these levels. D. Analyze the physical, chemical, and biological characteristics of water and wastewater. E. Obtain familiarity with how communities generally treat drinking water and wastewater

to meet EPA requirements. F. Gain understanding and utilize skills pertaining to water sample collection and water

sample analysis through laboratory and field practice. G. List and briefly describe on-site wastewater treatment alternatives and design H. Understand how to find and interpret EPA standards and regulations promulgated under

the Clean Water Act and Safe Drinking Water Act. I. Demonstrate the skill to write scientific/technical lab reports in environmental health. J. Demonstrate a writing process that produces effective documents for both technical and

CAA Page 88

lay audiences appropriate for an entry-level environmental health professional. K. Test drinking water, surface water, and groundwater quality parameters and comparing

them with acceptable EPA contaminant levels. L. Practice good techniques when following laboratory and field analysis procedures. M. Be knowledgeable and able to utilize laboratory and field instrumentation commonly

used in the analysis of water and wastewater. N. Understand lab safety and utilization of the chemical hygiene plan. O. Use a macroinverterbrate-based approach for evaluating stream water quality. Course Requirements: A. There will be four major exams, each worth 10% - 14% of your overall grade

a. (Exams = 48% overall).

B. In addition, there will be very brief daily quizzes given at each class lecture meeting during the semester, unless otherwise stated. Quizzes will not be given on exam days. The lowest four quiz grades will be dropped. Tests and quizzes will include all forms of questions. The overall quiz grade will make up 12% of your overall grade.

C. Each student is required to participate in the laboratory component of the course. The laboratory grade will make up 35% of your overall grade. The breakdown is below:

a. The lab grade will include; successful completion of three written laboratory reports pertaining to three of the labs (5% each = 15% overall course grade)

b. One individual research proposal (10% of your overall course grade). c. One final research paper (10% of your overall course grade).

D. Each student is required to participate in class discussions and be actively engaged in

lectures and course content. Students are required to obtain 20 or more participation cards by the end of the semester. The participation grade is 5% of the overall grade. Answering questions, providing points-of-view, and visiting the professor during office hours are methods for obtaining participation points.

Student Evaluation: Exam 1 = 12% Exam 2 = 12% Exam 3 = 10% Exam 4 = 14% Quizzes = 12% Writing-Intensive Lab = 35% Participation = 5% Grading Scale: (A = 90 - 100); (B = 80 - 89); (C = 70 - 79); (D = 60 - 69); (F = < 60) Breakdown of Writing-Intensive Lab Grade (% of Final Grade): 1.) Draft Research Proposal (5%) Due: September 28th

CAA Page 89

2.) Drinking Water Lab Report (5%) Due: October 19th 3.) Revised Research Proposal (5%) Due: October 26th 4.) Nutrient Lab Report (5%) Due: November 9th 5.) Final Research Paper (w/optional Revision**) Due: Novemer 16th 6.) Surface Recreational Water Lab Report (5%) Due: November 23rd 7.) Revised Research Paper (**10%) Due: November 30th

** The final paper is worth 10% of your overall grade. Laboratory-Based Writing Assignments: A. Laboratory Reports: An important objective of this course is for you to be able to read and analyze scientific literature, while also being able to put water and wastewater quality results into context. These skills are critical for your success in the EHS profession and in your future courses. The expectations for writing quality will increase over the semester based upon the feedback you receive. It is essential that you attend class and utilize your campus email to receive feedback about your performance on your laboratory reports. When each lab report is returned to you, we will spend a significant portion of the lab discussing commonly encountered writing errors, appropriate use of the literature, and other issues impacting your writing and thinking quality. You are expected to take notes and ask questions to clarify your understanding of anything noted in your laboratory report drafts. A summary of your feedback will be provided in writing either by Blackboard or in-class in print. You are expected to use the feedback to improve each subsequent laboratory report. It is essential that you attend class to receive feedback about your performance on the laboratory reports. Satisfactory use of the literature is expected in all lab reports.

B. Individual Research Proposal & Final Research Paper: Research proposals will be based on the articles provided to you and articles you choose to seek out. For each proposal you will develop a research question that logically follows from the previous research, and a research hypothesis that clearly addresses your question. For the proposal, you will include a Title page, Introduction, and Reference page in a journal format provided. You will receive feedback on each part of the proposal, and you must revise proposals to be re-graded. Upon revising your proposal, you will complete your research project, and will provide properly formatted results, a discussion section, and conclusions. Your references section will need updated here too. It is essential that you attend class to receive feedback about your performance on the research proposal and the final research paper. You will have one opportunity to revise each (the proposal and the final paper) before receiving a final grade. The same feedback process described for laboratory reports will be used for the research proposals. C. Writing Quality: Students in all EHS courses are expected to use correct grammar, spelling and composition in written assignments. These elements of writing will be taken into consideration in grading all out-of-class writing assignments. If you would like free help with your writing, you may visit the Noel Studio, in the Library: The Noel Studio for Academic Creativity is a free resource for the EKU community, including graduate and undergraduate students. At the Noel Studio, a trained consultant will work you or your small group on any piece of written or oral communication, at any stage in the

CAA Page 90

process from brainstorming to finished product. Consultants can also help you develop effective research strategies. For more information, visit the Noel Studio website at http://www.studio.eku.edu/ or call 859-622-6229. Feedback about all writing assignments will be given in lab. This is a writing-intensive course. It is essential that you attend class to receive feedback on your writing. You will receive a lot of feedback about writing and it is my charge to do my best to help you improve. Your charge is to be open to feedback, be willing to ask questions, allocate sufficient time for thoughtful writing, and revise your work. D. Information Literacy: A library faculty member will provide detailed instruction on information literacy topics that are essential for your success in college, and your future lives/careers. We will meet one time in the library for this lesson.

Attendance Policy:

All students are expected to attend all classes. Research shows students who regularly attend class are more likely to succeed. The attendance policy of the Department of Environmental Health Science is consistent with Eastern Kentucky University Regulation 4.1.6R. Please refer to this regulation for examples of excusable reasons for absences and more complete information on compliance with this regulation. (http://www.policies.eku.edu/sites/policies.eku.edu/files/policies/4.1.6_student_absence_adopted_12.1.14.pdf). Consistent with the regulation, students should be prepared to provide appropriate verification of any absences. Students unable to resolve an absence issue with the instructor may appeal to the Department Chair. The Department Chair decision is final. EKU students are responsible for course work covered during all class periods, including the first class meeting. Students should be prepared to provide appropriate verification of any absence. In case of an excused absence, the student will be provided an opportunity to make up missed class work if feasible. To the extent possible, students should notify the instructor in advance of an absence. No absence of any nature will be construed as relieving the student from responsibility for the timely completion of all work assigned by the instructor. Initiating the request to make up class work is the student’s responsibility.

CAA Page 91

Tentative Lecture Schedule: (Lecture Time)

Mon., Aug 24 – Syllabus, Intro (Video) – Intro to Water Use and Availability Wed., Aug 26 – Water Use, Availability & Hydro Cycle Mon., Aug 31 – Water Use, Availability & Hydro Cycle // Possible Field Trip Day Wed., Sep 2 – Hydrology, Begin Water Quality Mon., Sep 7 – No Class for LABOR DAY Wed., Sep 9 – Water Quality (Cont.); Water Quality & Human Health Mon., Sep 14 – Water Quality & Health, Recreational Water Quality Wed., Sep 16 – Finish Recreational Water Quality, Exam 1 Review Mon., Sep 21 – Exam 1 Wed., Sep 23 – Water Pollution (Classifications/Types) Mon., Sep 28 – Pollution (Streams/Rivers, TMDLs, Lakes, Groundwater) Wed., Sep 30 – Finish Water Pollution, Distribution & Storage of Water Mon., Oct 5 – Finish Distribution/Storage, Start Private Supplies Wed., Oct 7 – Private Water Supplies (Needs and Types) Mon., Oct 12 – Fall Break No Class Wed., Oct 14 – Private Water Supplies & Safety/Treatment, Exam 2 Review Mon., Oct 19 – Exam 2 Wed., Oct 21 – Begin Public Water Supplies // Intro to Drinking Water Treatment Mon., Oct 26 – Drinking Water Purification Wed., Oct 28 – Alternative Strategies, SDWA & Review Mon., Nov 2 – Field Trip to Drinking Water Plant Wed., Nov 4 – Exam 3 Mon., Nov 9 – Comparing Domestic and Industrial Wastewater Wed., Nov 11 – BOD & COD, Municipal Wastewater Treatment/Disposal Mon., Nov 16 – Municipal Wastewater Treatment/Disposal Methods Wed., Nov 18 – On-Site Treatment Methods Mon., Nov 23 – On-Site Treatment Methods Wed., Nov 25 – Thanksgiving Break Mon., Nov 30 – Laws Governing Wastewater Treatment (State, CWA, NPDES) Wed. Dec 2 – Finish Wastewater Treatment Laws, Final Exam Review Mon., Dec 7 – Final Exam (Exam 4)– 1 p.m. – 3:00 p.m.

CAA Page 92

Tentative Lab & Report Schedule: (Lab Time) Mon., Aug 24 – Intro to Lab and Lab Report Requirements, Discuss Lab Report Structure,

Converse about Research Report Ideas Mon., Aug 31 – Discuss Research Proposal Progress - Stream Macroinvertebrate Lab Mon., Sep 7 – No Class for LABOR DAY Mon., Sep 14 – Water Chemistry Lab – Introduction to Hach Methods, Sample Collection Mon., Sep 21 – Meeting with Library Faculty to Discuss Literature Search Methods Mon., Sep 28 – RESEARCH PROPOSAL DRAFT DUE: SEP 28

*Drinking Water Quality Lab (Total Chlorine, Fluoride, Free Chlorine, pH, Hardness, TDS, Turbidity. HPC, Total Coliforms, Fecal Coliforms *This lab has a lab report

Mon., Oct 5 – Discuss Research Proposal Drafts and Drinking Water Lab Reports.

Inorganics and Non-Metals in Groundwater/Spring Water Mon., Oct 12 – Fall Break No Class Mon., Oct 19 – DRINKING WATER LAB REPORT DUE: OCTOBER 19th

*Nutrient Lab at either Wilgreen Lake or Lake Reba (Total P, Nitrates, Secchi Depth, Trophic State Index). *This lab has a lab report

Mon., Oct 26 – REVISED PROPOSAL DUE

Introduction to Bacteriological Water Quality Mon., Nov 2 – Field Trip to Drinking Water Plant Mon., Nov 9 – NUTRIENT LAB REPORT DUE: Bacteriological Water Quality –

Surface Recreational Water Quality. *This lab has a lab report. This is the last of three lab reports.

Mon., Nov 16 – DRAFT FINAL RESEARCH PAPER DUE:

Field Trip to Municipal Wastewater Treatment Mon., Nov 23 – SURFACE RECREATIONAL WATER LAB DUE

Discuss DO/BOD and Writing

Mon., Nov 30 – Present Research Projects, Submit Revised Final Research Papers.

CAA Page 93

Student Progress: Students will be provided via the 4th week progress report, midterm grades via Banner, and by meeting with the professor at any time to discuss their grade status.

Last Day to Drop Course:

Refer to Colonel’s Compass.

Notice of Disability Assistance: For current policy please refer to the following link: http://www.academicaffairs.eku.edu/syllabi/ .

Academic Integrity: For current policy please refer to the following link: http://www.academicaffairs.eku.edu/syllabi/ By honoring and enforcing EKU’s Academic Integrity Policy, the University community affirms that it will not tolerate academic dishonesty.

Statement on Classroom Civility: Successful learning requires mutual respect on the part of the student and the professor. Neither instructor nor student should be subject to others’ behavior that is rude, disruptive, intimidating, or demeaning. The professor has primary responsibility for and control over classroom behavior and maintenance of academic integrity. Professor responsibilities are: • Start and end class on time. • Treat all students with courtesy and respect. • Be open to constructive input from students in the course. • Ensure that opportunities to participate are enjoyed equally by all students in the course. Your responsibilities: • Come to class on time, and refrain from packing up belongings before class ends. • Turn off all electronic devices that might create a disruption in class. • Be quiet and give full respectful attention while either the professor or another student is speaking. • When speaking, use courteous, respectful language and keep comments and questions relevant to the topic at hand.

Statement of Diversity and Inclusion: Sharing values of diversity and inclusion is important in achieving and sustaining excellence. Excellence is best promoted by being a diverse group of students, faculty and staff who are committed to creating and maintaining a climate of mutual respect that is supportive of one another’s success. The professor expects to demonstrate an understanding of diversity as it relates to planning, instruction, and assessment in this course.

Cancelation of Class: Due to weather or unforeseen circumstances, this class could periodically be canceled. If

CAA Page 94

EKU has canceled classes on the Richmond campus during the course meeting time, then class will be canceled. If class is canceled by the professor or for some unforeseen circumstances, the professor will see to it that you are notified by email as soon as possible.

Relationship of Course to EHS Program: All EHS courses are part of our EHAC-accredited program. Below are the program level-student learning outcomes, and a description of how EHS 300 relates to these outcomes.

Program Level- Student Learning Outcomes Course: EHS 300

Describe the direct and indirect human, ecological and safety effects of major environmental and occupational agents.

Introduced

Describe genetic, physiologic and psychosocial factors that affect susceptibility to adverse health outcomes following exposure to environmental hazards.

Reinforced

Identify and describe current environmental risk assessment methods Reinforced

Describe and explain the general mechanisms of toxicity in eliciting a toxic response to various environmental exposures.

Introduced

Describe federal and state regulatory programs, guidelines and authorities that control environmental health issues Introduced

Identify approaches for assessing, preventing and controlling environmental hazards that pose risks to human health and safety.

Reinforced

Discuss various risk management and risk communication approaches in relation to issues of environmental justice and equity

Reinforced

CAA Page 95

DR. ROSE PERRINE, ASSOCIATE DEAN

106 Miller Hall EASTERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY

521 Lancaster Avenue Richmond, Kentucky 40475-3102

Phone: (859) 622-6765 Fax: (859) 622-8877 Website: http://www.associatedeanup.eku.edu

Email: [email protected]

Eastern Kentucky University is an Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer and Educational Institution.

August 21, 2015 RE: EHS 300W Colleagues, For EHS 300W I support the proposal for a writing-intensive (W) designation for this course. The amount of required writing is sufficient for a W course. Writing is integral to the course design and consistent with the values and practices of the

discipline represented by the course. The required writing is meaningfully integrated into the course with the intention of helping students learn important course concepts.

Students receive feedback and have opportunities to revise their work to better meet the learning objectives of writing assignments.

Respectfully, Rose Perrine Associate Dean, University Programs

CAA Page 96

For Registrar Office Use Only: Date: Initial: Office of the Registrar Copy Sent to: Graduate Council ________ _________ Version 1.3 10/21/09

Council on Academic Affairs Curriculum Change Form

COURSE DROP

Department Name Medical Lab Science and Environmental Health Science College Health Science Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee: ______8/21/2015_______ Graduate Council* ______________ College Curriculum Committee: _______11/4/2015_______ Council on Academic Affairs __________ General Education Committee*: ___________________ Approved ___ Disapproved ___ Teacher Education Committee* ___________________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) Completion of A and B is required:

A. Effective Academic Year: (Example: Fall 2010/11) Spring 2016

B. The justification for this action: (course no longer taught/comment if other) Course replaced by Writing Intensive Course EHS 300W

List all courses to be dropped Prefix Number Title Comments: EHS 300 Water Supply and Wastewater Disposal Course replaced with EHS 300W

CAA Page 97

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

X

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Exercise and Sport Science X New Course (Parts II, IV) College Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number ATR 225L Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Applied Anatomy for Healthcare Providers Lab New Minor (Part III) *Program Title BS in Physical Education Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 10/28/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 11/4/2015 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* ______________________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Create new course. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: The co-requisite course (ATR 225) is being transitioned under the umbrella of a new concentration and separation of the lab from the course will help with scheduling and faculty assignment.


Personnel Impact: NA

Operating Expenses Impact: NA

Equipment/Physical Facility Needs: NA

Library Resources: NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016





ATR 225L Applied Anatomy for Healthcare Providers Lab (1) A. Co-requisite: ATR 225. Students repeating ATR 225L must also enroll in ATR 225 and the most recent grade in these two co-requisites will be applied toward student’s GPA. Provide students with hands on opportunity to locate, explore and compare human body structures through palpation. This course will focus on musculoskeletal, nerve and vascular structures assessment for healthcare providers. 2 Lab.





ATR 225L Fall 2016 AS HS x ESSC BT JS ED UP


1 Lecture Laboratory 2 Other Cip Code (first two digits only) 13







CoRequisites and Prerequisites **See definitions on following page** Co-Requisite(s): (List only co-requisites. See below for prerequisites and combinations.) Course Prefix and No. ATR 225 Course Prefix and No. Prerequisite(s): (List prerequisites only. List combinations below. Use “and” and “or” literally.) (Specific minimum grade








EASTERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSITY DEPARTMENT OF EXERCISE AND SPORT SCIENCE

ATR 225L – FALL 2016 “APPLIED ANATOMY FOR HEALTHCARE PROVIDERS LAB”

Section 001 (CRN# 26310): F 1:25-3:20pm Dizney 230

ASSOC. PROF MATTHEW J. SABIN, PHD, ATC 231 Moberly Bldg (859) 622-8149 [email protected]

OFFICE HOURS: MW 10:00 - 11:59am (Moberly 231) H 9:30-11:30 (Weaver 104) or by appointment

COURSE OVERVIEW COURSE DESCRIPTION: Applied Anatomy for Healthcare Providers Lab (1) A. Co-requisite:

ATR 225. Students repeating ATR 225L must also enroll in ATR 225. Provide students with hands on opportunity to locate, explore and compare human body structures through palpation. This course will focus on musculoskeletal, nerve and vascular structures assessment for healthcare providers. 2 Lab.

REQUIRED MATERIALS: *All required texts are the same as those listed for ATR 225.

OTHER RECOMMENDED RESOURCES:

*All recommended resources are the same as those listed for ATR 225.

SUPPLEMENTAL READING ASSIGNMENTS: If used these materials will be posted on Blackboard.

CLASS MEETING FORMAT: Course material will be delivered via reading assignments, lecture, and class discussion/activity. The student will be expected to read the assigned materials prior to each class so as to be prepared for participation in any class discussion/activity.

STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES: *Many of the student learning outcomes are based on educational competencies for the Athletic

Training Education Program. These competencies are based on the 5th Edition of the Athletic Training Educational Competencies as outlined by the NATA Education Council for CAATE Accredited programs.

1. Discuss the subject of palpatory anatomy, the in-depth study and palpation of the anatomy of the musculoskeletal system. Explain why a working knowledge of this system provides the primary foundation for a health care provider.

2. Name, locate and palpate the origin and insertion of the muscles of the shoulder, arm, forearm and hand, spine, thorax, head, neck, face, pelvis, thigh, leg and foot. Name their innervation, describe and demonstrate their actions.

3. Demonstrate the ability to safely and confidently approach and palpate soft tissue with sensitivity, using varied and appropriate pressures, and feel for the changes in those tissues.

GRADING & COURSE REQUIREMENTS: The final grade will be calculated from student performance

in the following categories and will be scaled according to the following grading scale.

CAA Page 101

Final Grade Calculation Final Grade Scale Quizzes 25% A = 90-100% Assignments 20% B = 80-89% Mini-Module Exams 20% C = 70-79% Practical Exams 15% D = 60-69% Midterm &Final Exams 20% F = below 60% Total 100%

*Midterm grades will be calculated as a percent of the current points and not weighted to provide

a more accurate estimate of the student’s grade. Final grades will be weighted as outlined above.

*Final grades will be rounded to the nearest whole number according to normal rounding procedures. Any decimal below .5 will be rounded down and decimals .5 and up will be rounded up.

*Final grades will not be changed unless a grading error has occurred. Students are responsible for keeping all returned assignments, quizzes, grades, etc in case of grade discrepancies. If you feel there has been an error in the grading, you need to address it immediately after the assignment, quiz or exam is returned. You will not be allowed to “argue” points after 1 week from when the assignment, quiz, or exam was returned.

QUIZZES: Throughout the semester there will be announced and unannounced quizzes over

reading material and previously covered content. The majority of these quizzes will be delivered on BlackBoard or in class; however, if another medium is used details will be clearly explained. No make-up quizzes will be allowed for unannounced quizzes unless prior notification is provided for the absence and it is excused. All online quizzes will be due prior to the beginning of class on the day they are assigned.

ASSIGNMENTS: Throughout the semester you will be required to complete the assigned sections in the workbook. There will be random spot checks on workbook pages in class. These checks will be for points and you must have the book present and completed to get the points. There will be no late assignments accepted. Workbooks will also be collected at midterm and at the end of the semester to check completion.

WRITTEN EXAMS: Written exams will consist of true/false, multiple choice, short answer and potentially essay questions. There will be a midterm and a final exam in this format. All mini-module exams will not be cumulative, however, the midterm and final exams will be cumulative. The final exam schedule is indicated on the course outline by class section (under “Important Dates”). No make-up exam will be given without PRIOR consent of the instructor. Pre-arranged exams should be completed prior to the test date. Failure to make PRIOR arrangements will result in a zero score.

PRACTICAL EXAMS: Practical exams will be hands-on demonstrations of your ability to properly locate and palpate individual structures. These exams will likely include palpations on both non-living and living models. These exam will occur randomly during the semester during open practice labs and will be cumulative over structures we have already discussed in class. No make-up exam will be given without PRIOR consent of the instructor. Pre-arranged exams should be completed prior to the test date. Failure to make PRIOR arrangements will result in a zero score.

STUDENT PROGRESS: Blackboard will be used to show students recorded scores on specific assignments, quizzes, tests, etc. Questions regarding grades should be addressed in person during office hours or by appointment. Individual grades can be calculated using the Student Grade

CAA Page 102

Calculation Form found on Blackboard (“Course Documents”) prior to grade related meetings.

ATTENDANCE POLICY: For current Regulation please refer to: http://www.policies.eku.edu/sites/policies.eku.edu/files/policies/4.1.6_student_absence_adopted_12.1.14.pdf

CELL PHONE POLICY (A.K.A. THE DISTRACTION POLICY): Distractions in class which divert the

attention of either the professor or students from the lesson/discussion at hand will result in a decrease in the final grade. One of the greatest distractions is the use of cell phones or other electronic devices in class for non-education purposes. These disruptions overall, minimize the ability of all to learn and will therefore result in a 1% decrease in the final grade for every two infractions. All occurrences will be documented and reflected in a decrease of the final grade.

Electronic devices used for education purposes may be used in this class. If you are observed using such a device, you will be asked to share the question that sparked the search with the class. Inability to produce a question or thought related to the topic and the results of the search will be considered admission of improper use of electronic devices. Improper use of a computer or iPad will also result in the same penalty.

DISABILITY STATEMENT: For current policy please refer to the following link: http://www.academicaffairs.eku.edu/syllabi/

ACADEMIC INTEGRITY: For current policy please refer to the following link: http://www.academicaffairs.eku.edu/syllabi/

INCLEMENT WEATHER PLAN: See adjusted schedules at this website link: http://www.eku.edu/weather/inclementweather.php

OFFICIAL E-MAIL: An official EKU e-mail is established for each registered student, each faculty

member, and each staff member. All university communications sent via e-mail will be sent to this EKU e-mail address and students should contact me via my EKU email. Email is not an automatic & immediate form of contact though it is convenient. I personally check my email at least one time per weekday and I will respond as quickly as possible; however, a response may not occur for 24 hours during the week and up to 72 hours over weekends.

DEAD WEEK POLICY: The pre-final exam policy for this course is in concurrence with the university

policy 4.1.5P. Exams and assignments during this time will be listed in the course syllabus and approved by appropriate personnel as needed.

COURSE/INSTRUCTOR EXPECTATIONS

NOTES & PROVIDED MATERIAL: If notes, outlines, or study guides are provided, they will be distributed via BlackBoard. In my experience, the act of note taking improves final grades and therefore you will be encouraged to take your own notes on all material (provided or not). I am willing to meet with you in groups or individually if you have questions regarding notes (best methods, completeness, etc).

APPROPRIATE ATTIRE AND CONDUCT: During this course you will often be working in partners on course material. As a palpation anatomy class, this will involve physical contact to identify specific anatomical structures and the integrity of those structures. As such it is essential that the area being taught in class is accessible to maximize individual and corporate learning. Recommended attire for the class will easily allow access to body regions being discussed in class (e.g. tank tops/sports bras and t-shirts for shoulder, shorts for hips and pelvis, etc). In general, a t-shirt and short combination is

CAA Page 103

best with appropriate undergarments (i.e. sports bras for females).

In addition, if any inappropriate contact is either reported or observed, the offending student will be asked to leave class, will be assessed an absence and disciplinary action will take place. If the behavior is sexual in nature, the incident will be reported to the Equal Opportunity Office and/or other necessary campus entities.

CRITICAL COMPONENTS: This is a collegiate level course even though it is a lower-level, introductory course. In essence, this means you will be expected to critically read assignments prior to arriving in class, critically listen during class, and use critically thinking skills on assignments, tests, etc. There will be varying degrees of this throughout the semester.

CRITICAL THINKING (CT): By definition, critical thinking is the art of analyzing and evaluating thinking with a view to improve it. According to the Paul-Elder Critical Thinking Model, critical thinking uses the elements of thought that can be broken down into the following categories:

1. All reasoning has a PURPOSE 2. All reasoning is an attempt to FIGURE SOMETHING OUT, TO SETTLE SOME

QUESTION, TO SOLVE SOME PROBLEM 3. All reasoning is based on ASSUMPTIONS 4. All reasoning is done from some POINT OF VIEW 5. All reasoning is based on DATA, INFORMATION and EVIDENCE 6. All reasoning is expressed through, and shaped by, CONCEPTS and IDEAS 7. All reasoning contains INFERENCES or INTERPRETATIONS by which we draw

CONCLUSIONS and give meaning to data 8. All reasoning leads somewhere or has IMPLICATIONS and CONSEQUENCES

Thinking about these elements with regards to managing injuries will allow you to:

1. Raise vital questions and problems, formulating them clearly and precisely 2. Gather and assess relevant information, using abstract ideas to interpret it effectively 3. Come to well-reasoned conclusions and solutions, testing them against relevant criteria and

standards; 4. Think open-mindedly within alternative systems of thought, recognizing and assessing, as

need be, their assumptions, implications, and practical consequences; and 5. Communicate effectively with others in figuring out solutions to complex problems

Any individual in authority during a medical emergency or responsible for dealing with

injuries must be able to think critically. Though much of this course is introductory and will require memorization of words, facts, and ideas, critical thinking will be incorporated into quizzes and exams.

CAA Page 104

DEPARTMENT OF EXERCISE AND SPORT SCIENCE

ATR 225L – SPRING 2017 “APPLIED ANATOMY FOR HEALTHCARE PROVIDERS LAB”

Section 001 (CRN# 26310): MW 12:20-1:10 pm in Moberly 212 R 2:00-3:30 pm in Moberly 212

COURSE OUTLINE *This outline is designed to give the student an idea of the order of topics and what assignments are associated with those topics. Depending on the flow of the course these dates may change, however, prior notice will be given.

Important Dates January 20 Spring 2015 semester classes begin January 25 Last day to add/drop full semester classes February 8 Last day to withdraw March 15 Midterm grades due March 30-April 3 Spring Break – No classes! May 9 Last day of the semester May 13 (Wed) Final (1-3pm) May 16 Commencement May 18 Final Grades Due (noon)

Week 1 Navigating the Body and Movement Week 2 Navigating the Body and Movement (cont.) Week 3 Shoulder & Arm Week 4 Shoulder & Arm (cont.) Week 5 Forearm & Hand Week 6 Forearm & Hand (cont.) Week 7 Spine & Thorax Week 8 Spine & Thorax (cont.) Week 9 Midterm Exam Week 10 Head & Neck Week 11 Head & Neck (cont.) Week 12 Pelvis & Thigh Week 13 Pelvis & Thigh (cont.) Week 14 Leg & Foot Week 15 Leg & Foot (cont.) Week 16 Final Exam Week

CAA Page 105


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Exercise and Sport Science X New Course (Parts II, IV) College College of Health Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number ATR 330 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Foundations of Orthopedic Evaluation New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 10/28/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 11/4/2015 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* __NA____________________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) New course creation. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: With the development of a new Pre-AT/PT concentration of the BS in Physical Education program, this course will serve to form a foundation for future clinicians with regards to injury and pathology evaluation. This will be designed to fit both students interested in physical therapy and athletic training post-baccalaureate education. It will be designed to familiarize students with the injury evaluation process and its application to various injuries to different structures and across the human body.






CAA Page 106

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016





ATR 330 Foundations of Orthopedic Evaluation. (3) I. Prerequisite: ATR 225, 225L and PHE 212, each with a grade of “C” or better. Students will learn how to properly evaluate common injuries of the lower and upper extremity and spine. Students will learn how to apply these techniques to various structures and pathologies across the entire human body. 3 Lec.

CAA Page 107





ATR 330 Fall 2016 AS HS X ESSC BT JS ED UP


3 Lecture 3 Laboratory Other Cip Code (first two digits only) 51








requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. ATR 225, 225L and PHE 212 each with a grade of (C) or better Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)







CAA Page 108


ATR 330 – FALL 2016 “FOUNDATIONS OF ORTHOPEDIC EVALUATION”

Section 001 (CRN# 11367): Lecture - MW 7:30-8:50 in Moberly Bldg 216 Section 002 (CRN# 16279): Lab – W 11:15-1:10 in Moberly ATF Section 003 (CRN# 16280): Lab – M 11:15-1:10 in Weaver 104

*Lab location will likely change mid-semester but will be announced clearly in class and via email


OFFICE HOURS: M 9:15-11:00am (Weaver 104) W 9:00-11:00am (Moberly 231) W 1:15-2:30pm (Moberly 231) or by appointment

COURSE OVERVIEW COURSE DESCRIPTION: ATR 330 Foundations of Orthopedic Evaluation. (3) I. Prerequisite: ATR 225, 225L and PHE 212, each with a minimum grade of “C”. Students will learn how to properly evaluate common injuries of the lower and upper extremity and spine. Students will learn how to apply these techniques to various structures and pathologies across the entire human body. 3 Lec.

REQUIRED MATERIAL: 1. Starkey, C, Brown, SD, & Ryan, J. (2015). Examination of Orthopedic and Athletic Injuries (4th

ed). Philadelphia, PA: FA Davis Company. 2. Starkey, C, Brown, SD, & Ryan, J. (2015). Orthopedic and Athletic Injury Examination

Handbook (3rd ed). *these are bundled together in the bookstore (ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-4738-1)

RECOMMENDED MATERIAL: 1. Hoppenfeld, S. (1976). Physical Examination of the Spine and Extremities. Norwalk, CN:

Appleton-Century-Crofts. *Appleton-Century-Crofts is now owned by Prentice Hall I believe. 2. Magee, DJ. (2008). Orthopedic Physical Assessment (5th ed). Philadelphia, PA: WB Saunders. 3. Biel, A. (2010). Trail Guide to the Body (4th ed). Boulder, CO: Books of Discovery. 4. Kendall, F., McCreary, E., Provance, P., Rodgers, M., & Romani, W. (2005). Muscles – Testing

and Function With Posture and Pain (5th ed). Baltimore, MD: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins. and/or

Hislop, H.J. & Montgomery, J. (2007). Daniel’s & Worthingham’s Muscle Testing – Techniques of Manual Examination (8th ed). Saint Louis, MO: Saunders Elsevier.

5. Norkin, C.C. & White, D.J. (2009). Measurement of Joint Motion – A Guide to Goniometry. Philadelphia, PA: FA Davis Company.

SUPPLEMENTAL READING ASSIGNMENTS: Posted on Blackboard if needed.

CAA Page 109

CLASS MEETING FORMAT: Course material will be delivered via lecture, class discussion, and reading assignments. The student will be expected to read the assigned materials prior to each class so as to participate in any class discussion. Application of skills will occur during lab sessions.

STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES: Students will learn the course specific knowledge, skills, and abilities (KSAs) from the NATA Athletic Training Educational Competencies (5th ed). A list of the specific KSAs covered in this course is available electronically on ATrack. KSAs for this course will be checked-off by the instructor at the end of the semester as appropriate.

GRADING & COURSE REQUIREMENTS: The final grade will be calculated from student performance

in the following categories and will be scaled according to the following grading scale. Final Grade Calculation Final Grade Scale Quizzes 15% A = 92-100% Assignments 25% B = 83-91% Exam 1 15% C = 74-82% Exam 2 15% D = 65-73%

Final Exam (Cumulative) 15% F = below 65%

Practical Exams 15%

Total 100%

*Midterm grades will be calculated as a percent of the current points and not weighted to provide a more accurate estimate of the student’s grade. Final grades will be weighted as outlined above.



QUIZZES: Throughout the semester there will be both announced and unannounced quizzes over

reading material, past lecture material, and any other course content. Quizzes may be in-class or posted on Blackboard. No make-up quizzes will be allowed for unannounced quizzes unless prior notification is provided for the absence and it is excused. No make-up will be allowed for announced quizzes on Blackboard once the deadline expires.

ASSIGNMENTS: Throughout the semester different assignments will be assigned. The elements of critical thinking, reading, and reflection should be demonstrated with each assignment. All assignments are due at the beginning of class on the assigned due date. No late assignments will be accepted.

EXAMS: Exams will consist of true/false, multiple choice, and short answer questions. There will be 2 written exams throughout the semester and a final written exam (3 total). The final exam will be cumulative; however, there is the potential for any exam to contain previously covered content. The final exam schedule is indicated on the course outline by class section (under “Important Dates”). No make‐up exam will be given without PRIOR consent of the instructor. Pre‐arranged exams should be completed prior to the test date. Failure to make PRIOR

CAA Page 110

arrangements will result in a zero score. Exams will be passed back in class for review but returned back to the professor at the end of class. They will be available for further review in my office upon request to review for the cumulative final exam.

PRACTICAL EXAM: Throughout the semester, students will be required to perform skill oriented practical exams. These will be completed with a preceptor supervising Weaver Lab Hours. Students will be given the rubric prior to each exam as a guide. This will be completed orally and through demonstration of covered skills.

STUDENT PROGRESS: Blackboard will be used to show students recorded scores on specific

assignments, quizzes, tests, etc. Questions regarding grades should be addressed in person during office hours or by appointment.

ATTENDANCE POLICIES For current Regulation please refer to:

http://www.policies.eku.edu/sites/policies.eku.edu/files/policies/4.1.6_student_absence_adopted_12.1.14.pdf




APPROPRIATE ATTIRE AND CONDUCT: During this course you occasionally will be working in partners/groups on course material using hands-on skill application. As this course involves the assessment of all body systems, this will involve physical contact and rapport that necessitates trust, respect, and attention to the dignity of your partner/classmates. To maximize individual and corporate learning it will be essential that the areas we are discussing/assessing are accessible. Primarily this will be essential in the evaluation of the heart and lungs and will require students to wear accessible clothing for the chest and back. Males will be asked to remove their shirts for access and females should wear a sport bra with a tank top. Dates of these “lab” days are marked on the course outline.



CAA Page 111







COURSE/INSTRUCTOR EXPECTATIONS NOTES & PROVIDED MATERIAL: If notes, outlines, or study guides are provided, they will be

distributed via blackboard. In my experience, the act of note taking improves final grades and therefore you will be encouraged to take your own notes. Study guides of each topic will be provided so you can compare your notes to what I am expecting you to know. I am willing to meet with you in groups or individually if you have questions regarding notes (best methods, completeness, etc).


CRITICAL THINKING (CT): By definition, critical thinking is the art of analyzing and evaluating

thinking with a view to improve it. According to the Paul-Elder Critical Thinking Model, critical thinking uses the elements of thought that can be broken down into the following categories:








CAA Page 112


injuries must be able to think critically. Though much of this course is introductory and will require memorization of words, facts, and ideas, critical thinking will be incorporated throughout the course.

CAA Page 113

COURSE OUTLINE *This outline is designed to give the student an idea of the order of topics and what assignments are associated with those topics. Depending on the flow of the course these dates may change; however, prior notice will be given.

Important Dates August 24 Fall 2015 semester classes begin August 30 Last day to add/drop full semester classes September 7 Labor Day – No Classes! September 20 Last day to withdraw from a full semester class September 25 Assurance of Learning Day – No Classes! October 12-13 Fall Break – No Classes! October 14 Midterm grades due October 29 Metacognition Student Workshop – Dr. Saundra McGuire (Brock Auditorium) November 25-27 Thanksgiving Break – No Classes! December 5 Last day of semester classes December 7 (Mon) Final (8-10am) December 12 Commencement December 14 Final grades due

Week 1 Introduction to Evaluation and Assessment Week 2 Clinical Documentation Week 3 Postural and Task Assessment Week 4 Basic Injury Nomenclature & Presentation Week 5 Basic Injury Nomenclature & Presentation (cont.) Week 6 Foot, Ankle, and Lower Leg Injury & Assessment Week 7 Foot, Ankle, and Lower Leg Injury & Assessment (cont.) Week 8 Knee Injury & Assessment Week 9 Knee Injury & Assessment (cont.) Week 10 Pelvis and Hip Injury & Assessment Week 11 Spine Injury & Assessment Week 12 Shoulder Injury & Assessment Week 13 Shoulder Injury & Assessment (cont.) Week 14 Forearm, Hand & Wrist Injury and Assessment Week 15 Forearm, Hand & Wrist Injury and Assessment (cont.) Week 16 Review

CAA Page 114


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Exercise and Sport Science X New Course (Parts II, IV) College College of Health Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number ATR 340 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Foundations of Rehabilitation New Minor (Part III) *Program Title BS in Physical Education Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 10/28/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 11/4/2015 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* ______________________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Create a new course A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: With the development of a new Pre-AT/PT concentration of the BS in Physical Education program, this course will serve to familiarize those interested in athletic training and physical therapy post-baccalaureate programs with the foundational skills needed for the profession. This course will serve to create a foundation of skills necessary in patient care post-injury through the process of rehabilitation. This course will replace ATR 312, which is being phased out with the transition to the MS in AT program, but will be taught in a more general level and will be applicable to multiple health care providers.






McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15





ATR 340 Foundations of Rehabilitation. (2) A. Prerequisite: ATR 330 with a minimum grade of “C”. Co-requisite: ATR 340L. Students repeated ATR 340 must also enroll in ATR 340L and the most recent grade in these two co-requisites will be applied toward student’s GPA. Study and development of therapeutic exercise program design. Emphasis on understanding the interaction between healing, exercise selection and the return to function. 2 Lec.














CoRequisites and Prerequisites **See definitions on following page** Co-Requisite(s): (List only co-requisites. See below for prerequisites and combinations.) Course Prefix and No. ATR 340L Course Prefix and No. Prerequisite(s): (List prerequisites only. List combinations below. Use “and” and “or” literally.) (Specific minimum grade

requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. ATR 330 with a minimum grade of (C) Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)








ATR 340 – FALL 2016 “FOUNDATIONS OF REHABILITATION”

Section 001 (CRN# 23534): TR 8:00-9:15am in Moberly 216 T 7:00-9:00pm in Moberly AT Clinic



COURSE OVERVIEW

COURSE DESCRIPTION: Foundations of Rehabilitation. (2) A. Prerequisite: ATR 330 with a minimum grade of “C”, Co-requisite: ATR 340L. Students repeated ATR 340 must also enroll in ATR 340L. Study and development of therapeutic exercise program design. Emphasis on understanding the interaction between healing, exercise selection and the return to function. 2 Lec.

REQUIRED TEXT:

1. Prentice, W. (2011). Rehabilitation techniques for sports medicine and athletic training (5th ed). New York, NY: McGraw Hill Companies.

SUPPLEMENTAL READING ASSIGNMENTS: Posted on Blackboard.

CLASS MEETING FORMAT: Course material will be delivered via lecture, class discussion/activity, reading assignments and laboratory activities. The student will be expected to read the assigned materials prior to each class so as to be prepared for participation in any class discussion/activity.

STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES: 1. The student will be able to describe the physiology of musculoskeletal injury and healing. 2. The student will be able to recognize appropriate interventions available to athletic trainers in

managing musculoskeletal injuries. 3. The student will be able to understand and apply current theory related to the management of

athletic and orthopedic injuries. 4. The student will be able to demonstrate proficiency in rehabilitation techniques of athletic

and orthopedic injuries. 5. The student will be able to the ability to develop, write, and explain a rehabilitation program

for an athlete recovering from a musculoskeletal injury. 6. The student will be able to critically review athletic and orthopedic rehabilitation literature. 7. The student will be able to apply relevant literature in developing a rehabilitation program

that is evidence based.

GRADING & COURSE REQUIREMENTS: The final grade will be calculated from student performance in the following categories and will be scaled according to the following grading scale.

Final Grade Calculation Final Grade Scale Quizzes 15% A = 92-100% Exams 45% B = 83-91% Assignments 20% C = 74-82%

CAA Page 118

Critical Thinking Project 20% D = 65-73%

Total 100% F = below 65%




QUIZZES: Throughout the semester there will be announced quizzes over reading material that

will administered at the beginning of class on the assigned date. Deadlines for these quizzes will be clearly indicated throughout the semester in class. There is also the potential for unannounced quizzes in class that you must be present to take. No make-up quizzes will be allowed for unannounced quizzes unless the absence is excused.

EXAMS: Exams will consist of true/false, multiple choice, short answer and potentially essay questions. There will be 3 exams throughout the semester and a final exam (4 total). Only the final exam will be cumulative. The final exam schedule is indicated on the course outline by class section (under “Important Dates”). No make‐up exam will be given without PRIOR consent of the instructor. Pre‐arranged exams should be completed prior to the test date. Failure to make PRIOR arrangements will result in a zero score.

ASSIGNMENTS: Throughout the semester different assignments may be assigned. Assignments listed on the syllabus will be due at the beginning of class on the day they are assigned. All assignments turned in after the specified date and time will receive a zero score.

CRITICAL THINKING ASSIGNMENT: One project will be assigned throughout the semester that will tie in the process of critical thinking with the course content. Details and an outline of associated due dates will be distributed at a later date.

STUDENT PROGRESS: Blackboard will be used to show students recorded scores on assignments, quizzes, tests, etc. Questions regarding grades should be addressed in person during office hours or by appointment. Individual grades can and should be calculated using the Student Grade Calculation Form found on Blackboard (“Course Documents”) prior to grade related meetings.


CELL PHONE POLICY (A.K.A. THE DISTRACTION POLICY): Distractions in class which divert the attention of either the professor or students from the lesson/discussion at hand will result in a decrease in the final grade. One of the greatest distractions is the use of cell phones or other electronic devices in class for non-education purposes. These disruptions overall, minimize the ability

CAA Page 119

of all to learn and will therefore result in a 1% decrease in the final grade for every two infractions. All occurrences will be documented and reflected in a decrease of the final grade.











APPROPRIATE ATTIRE AND CONDUCT: During this course (laboratory days, especially) you will often be working on course related skills with partners. This may involve physical contact at times. As such it is essential that proper clothing is worn to ensure proper learning for your partner and so that you can participate in all activities. Required attire for laboratory classes will be t-shirts and shorts or other approved active wear.



CRITICAL THINKING (CT): Critical thinking is the art of analyzing and evaluating thinking with a

CAA Page 120

view to improve it. According to the Paul-Elder Critical Thinking Model, critical thinking uses the elements of thought and can be condensed into the following categories:









injuries must be able to think critically. Though much of this course is introductory and will require memorization of words, facts, and ideas, critical thinking will be incorporated into exams and projects (annotated bibliography and group presentation).

CAA Page 121

COURSE OUTLINE *This outline is designed to give the student an idea of the order of topics and what assignments are associated with those topics. Depending on the flow of the course these dates may change, however, prior notice will be given.

Important Dates January 9 Advising Begins January 13 Spring 2014 semester classes begin January 20 Martin Luther King Day – No Classes!; Last day to register; Last day to add/drop full semester

classes without W or partial tuition reduction February 6-8 SEATA Student Symposium February 9 Last day to withdraw from a full semester class without fee per credit hour March 9 Midterm grades due March 10-14 Spring Break – No classes! May 2 Last day of the semester May 8 (Thurs) Final (8-10am) May 10 Commencement May 12 Final Grades Due (noon)

Topic/Lesson Assignments& Due Dates

BASICS OF INJURY REHABILITATION 1/14 Syllabus/Course Overview, Introduction/Basics to Rehab Associated Readings: Ch. 1

Module 1: What role does evaluation play in the rehabilitation process? 1/16 Frameworks – Enablement, Disablement, and the HOAC

Associated Readings: Schenkman (2006) – An

integrated framework for decision making in neurologic physical therapist practice

1/21 Eval in Rehab – Outcome Measures

Associated Readings: Evans & Lam (2011) – Clinical Outcomes Assessment in Sport Rehabilitation; Sciascia (2013) – A Basic Construct for Improving Outcomes in Rehabilitation

1/23 Evaluation Wrap-Up/Documentation & Goals

Associated Readings: Ch. 3

Module 2: How does tissue response dictate the rehabilitation process? 1/28 Tissue Response to Injury


1/30 Tissue Response to Injury (cont.) Module 3: What psychological considerations are there during rehabilitation? 2/4 Psychological Considerations Associated Readings: Ch. 4 2/6 Student SEATA – No Class! 2/11 Written Exam #1

PROGRAM DESIGN Module 4: Maintaining Cardiovascular Endurance Module 5: What role does the core play in the kinetic chain? 2/13 Establishing Core Stability


2/18 Establishing Core Stability (cont.) Module 6: Restoring & Improving ROM 2/20 Basics of ROM & Joint Mobilization


2/25 Joint Mobilization (cont.) 2/27 Basis & Techniques for PNF

Associated Readings: Ch. 9 pg. 310-314

CAA Page 122

Module 7: Restoring Strength and Muscular Function 3/4 Regaining Muscular Strength


3/6 TBA 3/10-3/14 Spring Break – No Class! 3/18 Regaining Muscular Strength 3/20 Written Exam #2 Module 8: Restoring Neuromuscular Control and Balance 3/25 Restoring Neuromuscular Control & Balance

Associated Readings: Ch. 6-7

3/27 Restoring NMC & Balance (cont.) 4/1 NM Control – Plyometrics


Module 9: Functional Progressions 4/3 Functional Progressions


4/8 TBA 4/10 Written Exam #3

INJURY & PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION 4/15 TBA 4/17 TBA 4/22 TBA 4/24 TBA 4/29 TBA 5/1 Final Review 5/8 Written Exam #4 (Final) (8-10am)

CAA Page 123


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Exercise and Sport Science X New Course (Parts II, IV) College College of Health Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number ATR 340L Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Foundations of Rehabilitation Lab New Minor (Part III) *Program Title BS in Physical Education Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 10/24/2015 Council on Academic Affairs 11/19/2015

College Curriculum Committee 11/4/2015 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* ______________________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Create a new course. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: The co-requisite course is being transitioned under the umbrella of a new concentration and separation of the lab from the course will help with scheduling and faculty assignment.






McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016





ATR 340L Foundations of Rehabilitation Lab. (1) A. Corequisite: ATR 340. Students repeating ATR 340L must also enroll in ATR 340 and the most recent grade in these two co-requisites will be applied toward student’s GPA. Application of rehabilitation techniques to further understand the interaction between healing, exercise selection and the return to function. 2 Lab.





ATR 340L Fall 2016 AS HS X ESSC BT JS ED UP


1 Lecture Laboratory 2 Other Cip Code (first two digits only) 13







CoRequisites and Prerequisites **See definitions on following page** Co-Requisite(s): (List only co-requisites. See below for prerequisites and combinations.) Course Prefix and No. ATR 340 Course Prefix and No. Prerequisite(s): (List prerequisites only. List combinations below. Use “and” and “or” literally.) (Specific minimum grade









ATR 340L – FALL 2016 “FOUNDATIONS OF REHABILITATION LAB”

Section 001 (CRN# 23534): TR 8:00-9:15am in Moberly 216 T 7:00-9:00pm in Moberly AT Clinic



COURSE OVERVIEW COURSE DESCRIPTION: ATR 340L Foundations of Rehabilitation Lab. (1) A. Corequisite: ATR 340. Students repeating ATR 340L must also enroll in ATR 340. Application of rehabilitation techniques to further understand the interaction between healing, exercise selection and the return to function. 2 Lab.

REQUIRED TEXT:

1. Prentice, W. (2011). Rehabilitation techniques for sports medicine and athletic training (5th ed). New York, NY: McGraw Hill Companies.

SUPPLEMENTAL READING ASSIGNMENTS: Posted on Blackboard.

CLASS MEETING FORMAT: Course material will be delivered via lecture, class discussion/activity, reading assignments and laboratory activities. The student will be expected to read the assigned materials prior to each class so as to be prepared for participation in any class discussion/activity.

STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES: 1. Students will design basic rehabilitation programs. 2. The student will demonstrate basic rehabilitation techniques and exercises.

GRADING & COURSE REQUIREMENTS: The final grade will be calculated from student performance in the following categories and will be scaled according to the following grading scale.

Final Grade Calculation Final Grade Scale Quizzes 15% A = 92-100% Exams 45% B = 83-91% Assignments 20% C = 74-82% Critical Thinking Project 20% D = 65-73%

Total 100% F = below 65%


*Final grades will be rounded to the nearest whole number according to normal rounding

CAA Page 127

procedures. Any decimal below .5 will be rounded down and decimals .5 and up will be rounded up.


QUIZZES: Throughout the semester there will be announced quizzes over reading material that

will administered at the beginning of class on the assigned date. Deadlines for these quizzes will be clearly indicated throughout the semester in class. There is also the potential for unannounced quizzes in class that you must be present to take. No make-up quizzes will be allowed for unannounced quizzes unless the absence is excused.

EXAMS: Exams will consist of true/false, multiple choice, short answer and potentially essay questions. There will be 3 exams throughout the semester and a final exam (4 total). Only the final exam will be cumulative. The final exam schedule is indicated on the course outline by class section (under “Important Dates”). No make‐up exam will be given without PRIOR consent of the instructor. Pre‐arranged exams should be completed prior to the test date. Failure to make PRIOR arrangements will result in a zero score.

ASSIGNMENTS: Throughout the semester different assignments may be assigned. Assignments listed on the syllabus will be due at the beginning of class on the day they are assigned. All assignments turned in after the specified date and time will receive a zero score.

CRITICAL THINKING ASSIGNMENT: One project will be assigned throughout the semester that will tie in the process of critical thinking with the course content. Details and an outline of associated due dates will be distributed at a later date.

STUDENT PROGRESS: Blackboard will be used to show students recorded scores on assignments, quizzes, tests, etc. Questions regarding grades should be addressed in person during office hours or by appointment. Individual grades can and should be calculated using the Student Grade Calculation Form found on Blackboard (“Course Documents”) prior to grade related meetings.






CAA Page 128









APPROPRIATE ATTIRE AND CONDUCT: During this course (laboratory days, especially) you will often be working on course related skills with partners. This may involve physical contact at times. As such it is essential that proper clothing is worn to ensure proper learning for your partner and so that you can participate in all activities. Required attire for laboratory classes will be t-shirts and shorts or other approved active wear.



CRITICAL THINKING (CT): Critical thinking is the art of analyzing and evaluating thinking with a view to improve it. According to the Paul-Elder Critical Thinking Model, critical thinking uses the elements of thought and can be condensed into the following categories:



CONCLUSIONS and give meaning to data

CAA Page 129

8. All reasoning leads somewhere or has IMPLICATIONS and CONSEQUENCES Thinking about these elements with regards to managing injuries will allow you to:





injuries must be able to think critically. Though much of this course is introductory and will require memorization of words, facts, and ideas, critical thinking will be incorporated into exams and projects (annotated bibliography and group presentation).

CAA Page 130


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Exercise and Sport Science x New Course (Parts II, IV) College Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number ATR 430 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Foundations of Clinical Practice New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 10/28/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 11/4/2015 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* _NA_____________________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Create a new course. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: With the development of a new Pre-AT/PT concentration of the BS in Physical Education program, this course will serve to familiarize those interested in athletic training and physical therapy with the foundational skills needed for the professions. This course will serve to create a foundation of clinical skills prior to student’s applying for the professional phase of an athletic training professional graduate program or a post-baccalaureate professional PT program. This course will replace ATR 100, which is being phased out with the transition to the MS in AT program, but will be taught at a higher level, including direct clinical observation and professional behavior requirements, and will therefore be listed as a 400 level course.






CAA Page 131

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016





ATR 430 Foundations of Clinical Practice. (3) A. Pre-requisite: ATR 340 and 340L each with a grade of “C” or better. Students will receive an introduction to the clinical practice of athletic training and/or physical therapy through didactic education, basic skill performance, and clinical observation; preparing them for future clinical practice.

CAA Page 132







3 Lecture 2 Laboratory Other 10 Cip Code (first two digits only) 51




P 3 N FR JR SO SR Grading Information: Course is




requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. ATR 340 and 340L each with a grade of (C) or better Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)







CAA Page 133

A ATR 430: Foundations of Clinical Practice (13135)

College of Health Sciences - Department of Exercise and Sport Science Fall 2016 Asst. Professor Tracy Spigelman, PhD, ATC 1 Credit Hr. – LAB CLASS Moberly 230 Office# 859 622 2134 TR: 12:30-1:45pm Office Hours: by appointment Class Meet: Moberly 212 Required Text: Hillman, SK (ed). (2012). Core Concepts in Athletic Training and Therapy. Human Kinetics, Champaign, IL. Eastern Kentucky University Athletic Training Education Student Handbook. Download from Bb Course Description: ATR 430 Foundations of Clinical Practice. (3) A. Pre-requisite: ATR 340 and 340L each with a minimum grade of “C. Students will receive an introduction to the clinical practice of athletic training and/or physical therapy through didactic education, basic skill performance, and clinical observation; preparing them for future clinical practice. Course Objectives: The objectives for this course are based on the 5th Edition of the CAATE educational

Competencies and Proficiencies which are posted on the BlackBoard Web site. Lecture Objectives:

1. Students will learn information about the history of the athletic training and physical therapy profession, roles and responsibilities of clinicians, employment settings, and the necessary requirements to become an ATC and/or PT.

2. Students will provide examples about what these clinicians does and how they function with the sports medicine team.

3. Students will understand legal issues related to athletic training, equipment fitting, environmental concerns, and creation of emergency response plans.

4. Students will gain background information about causes and mechanism of injury and injury evaluation, and basic anatomical structures.

Laboratory Objectives:

1. Students will complete a basic preventative ankle tape job in 3 minutes. 2. Students will perform a knee wrap and hip and shoulder spica wrap. 3. Students will perform crutch fitting, cane fitting and education of the patient regarding use of each

device. 4. Students will fit a football helmet and shoulder pad on a variety of sized people.

Critical Thinking: As per the Paul/Elder model, ([email protected]) this course is heavily based on instruction and introduction to the facts of athletic training. Critical thinking involves integration and synthesis of ideas learned in the classroom. Students will be encouraged to consider (the * indicates greater focus on these because ATR 100 is an intro course):

The purpose, goals, objectives of athletic training* The question or problem for athletic trainers when determining their role in medical emergencies and

choosing a treatment* The information, data, facts, observations, and experiences necessary for athletic trainers to react and

take the leadership role on the field and in the athletic training room.* Interpretation, inference conclusion, and solutions are made Concepts, theories, definitions, laws, principles, and models are used Assumptions, axioms, taking for granted are clarified Implications and consequences are made Points of view are framed, perspectives and orientations are formulated from the point of the athletic

trainer All of these points will be included in posttest, modules, clinical cases, and exams Course Requirements:

CAA Page 134

Clinical Skills: We will be learning clinical skills throughout the semester. The clinical skills must be signed-off by a peer or one upper-class athletic training student during the semester and one Preceptor. 48-72 hours must pass between signing of skills. (i.e. If you tape an ankle Monday and a peer signs off, you need to wait till Wed to repeat the tape job for a preceptor to sign off). This ensures learning over time and requires the student to retain and review skills. These skills checks count as the end of the semester comprehensive clinical skills exam.

Practice Time: Students are required to spend 1hr/wk in the Weaver lab practicing skills taught during

lab classes. These hours do not start until skills are taught, so the number of weeks is variable depending on class times and days the class meets. The professor will let you know when practice time will start.

Direct Observation: Students are required to directly observe an athletic trainer in the clinical setting. Details

about this assignment will be distributed at a later date. Protocol for Lab Practice Time: When coming to the Weaver lab for practice time, please bring a partner. This

can be a friend, roommate or classmate. This makes it easier for the preceptor in the lab to help you. Please sign-in on the sign-in sheet. Do not forget to put the date, time-in/time-out and ask the preceptor to initial. You will need all this information to earn the weekly lab practice points.

Comparison Assignment: There are a lot of allied health professions to pursue. The purpose of this

assignment is to understand the differences between each profession. Students will be asked to complete a table that compares a variety of allied health professions. Key information such as job descriptions, responsibilities, salary, work schedules and education level are addressed in this assignment.

Students will be asked to use the internet, articles or the text as references.

All references need to be cited using APA format. Written Examination: There will be two written examinations during the semester. These exams will cover the lecture material that is covered in class and will

be comprehensive in nature. Each exam is worth 100 point. Your clinical skills check off count as your third exam, so be sure to turn it in. The final exam will be on the scheduled day of final exams. Your final exam is: I will NOT change this date or make exceptions or accommodations for anyone, so please plan accordingly now.

Homework: Homework will be assigned for each chapter (see schedule at the end of this document). The text book is filled with valuable information, and it will be expected your read the chapters and come to class prepared to participate. In other words, the objective of homework is to help you come to class prepared and already thinking about the material. This will also help you when you start studying for exams. I expect all homework and all assignments in this course to be typed and stapled. Please do not turn in any assignments hand written or folded over in the corner. I will not grade them. LATE POLICY for written assignments: You have till 4pm the day the assignment is due to put it in my office door and earn 100%. You have till 4pm, the next day to turn the late assignment and earn 50%. After 48 hours, I WILL NOT accept the assignment. Insurance points: These are points awarded at the end of the semester based on your attendance, class participation, homework completion, professionalism, preparation for class (i.e. taking notes, bringing a pencil, etc.), coming on time Evaluation: Homework 180 points Comparison Assignment 100 points

Clinical skills (20pts each) 140 points Written Examinations 200 points Final Exam 100 points Insurance Points 5 points

CAA Page 135

Grading Scale: 90 - 100% = A 70 – 79% = C 59% or less = F 80 – 89% = B 60 – 69% = D

Mid-term grades: This will be based on Written Exam #1, homework, quizzes. ATTENDANCE POLICY: For current Regulation please refer to: http://www.policies.eku.edu/sites/policies.eku.edu/files/policies/4.1.6_student_absence_adopted_12.1.14.pdf Inclement Weather Plan: See Adjusted Schedules at this website link: http://www.eku.edu/weather/inclementweather.php CELL PHONE / PAGER OR OTHER P.E.D.: ANY P.E.D. DEVICE OR CELL PHONE GOING OFF WILL RESULT IN AN AUTOMATIC ABSENCE.

Please make sure all cell phones, pagers or other personal electronic devices are turned off during class, they may be used during breaks however they are not to be used during class, or on, if you leave to use such a device your time out of class will be counted as a tardy for the class.

ACADEMIC INTEGRITY: For current policy please refer to the following link: http://www.academicaffairs.eku.edu/syllabi/ DISABILITY STATEMENT: For current policy please refer to the following link:

http://www.academicaffairs.eku.edu/syllabi/

*THE INSTRUCTOR RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE CHANGES AND/OR ADDITIONS TO THIS SYLLABUS AND COURSE OUTLINE AS NEEDED. STUDENTS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR NOTING ANY CHANGES/ADDITIONS GIVEN BY THE INSTRUCTOR DURING CLASS OR VIA EMAIL TO THEIR PERSONAL COPY OF THE SYLLABUS. IMPORTANT DATES TO KNOW: 8/24/15 – Classes Start 8/30/15 – Last day for ADD/DROP 9/7/15 – Labor Day – No class 9/25/15 – Assurance of Learning Day – No class 10/12/15 – Fall Break 10/13/15 – Fall Break 10/17/15 – CAATE Conference – No class – practice skills 11/24/15 – Thanksgiving Break 11/30/15 – Classes in session 12/6/15 – Last day of classes 12/7/15 – 12/11/15 – Final Exam Week

CAA Page 136

ATR 430: Foundations of Clinical Practice

Course Outline Date: This is the date of class Topic: This is what we are going to be discussing in class that day Assignment: This is your homework. You need to have your homework done BEFORE you come to class. Sometimes your homework will only say “chapter__”; this means you need to read that chapter before class that day.

Date: Topic: Assignments:

T 8/25 Introduction and Syllabus Go on blackboard and find syllabus, buy your text book

TH 8/27 OSHA Videos Student handbook will be downloadable on Bb. Please find it and either save it or print it out

T 9/1 Introduction to Athletic Training (pgs 1-18)

Complete objectives on page 1. Your homework should be typed. You may answer the objectives using bulleted statement or sentences. Please spell check and proofread your work for grammar. THANKS

TH 9/3 Walking tour of the Athletic Training Rooms and Campus WEAR WALKING SHOES

T 9/8 Introduction to Athletic Training (con’t) Review chapter

TH 9/10 Ankle Taping – Meeting in the Weaver Lab.

Watch video on blackboard prior to class. On paper, please list the steps to completing a preventative tape job. (hint: you might to need to watch the video more than once).

T 9/15 The Pre-participation Physical Exam

Complete objectives 1-3 for chapter 1. Typed, proofread and stapled.

TH 9/17 The Pre-participation Physical Exam

Complete objectives 4-6 for chapter 1. Typed, proofread and stapled.

T 9/22 Environmental Conditions

Complete objectives 1 &2 for chapter 4. Typed, proofread and stapled.

TH 9/24 Environmental Conditions Complete objectives 3 &4 for chapter 4.

T 9/29 Catch Up and Review Day

Write 1 exam question for each chapter we have studied and include the answer. This will be handed in.

TH 10/1 Exam #1

T 10/6 Ankle Taping _Weaver Lab

TH 10/8 Athletic taping, Padding, and Bracing Chap 6 – Objectives 1-7

T 10/13 FALL BREAK

TH 10/15 Athletic taping, Padding, and Bracing Hip & Shoulder Spicas (Figure 8)

T 10/20 Management Strategies in Athletic Training Chap 19 – Objectives 1-6

TH 10/22 Athletic taping, Padding, and Bracing Elastic Wrapping – thigh, arm, leg

T 10/27 Reimbursement and Legal Considerations Chap 20- Objectives 1-6

TH 10/29 Review for Exam

T 11/3 Exam #2

TH 11/5 Acute Care Chap 13 – Objectives 1-8 due on 11/10

T 11/10 Acute Care Lab Chapter 13 – Objective 1-8 due today

TH 11/12 Emergency Care Chap 14 – Objectives 1-4

T 11/17 Injury Mechanisms & classifications Chap 7 – Objectives 1-6

CAA Page 137

TH 11/19 Injury Mechanisms &Classifications Chap 7 – Objectives 7-11

T 11/24 THANKSGIVING BREAK

TH 11/26 THANKSGIVING BREAK

T 12/1 Principles of Examination Chap 8– Objectives 1-7

TH 12/3 Principles of Examination – Last day of class – SKILLS ARE DUE IN CLASS!! SKILLS DUE!

12/8-12/10 FINALS WEEK

CAA Page 138


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Exercise and Sport Science New Course (Parts II, IV) College College of Health Sciences X Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number ATR 225 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Applied Palpation Anatomy New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 10/24/2015 Council on Academic Affairs 11/19/2015

College Curriculum Committee 11/4/2015 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* ______________________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Course name change to “Applied Anatomy for Healthcare Providers”. New pre-requisite course is assigned and lab portion is separated out as a co-requisite. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: This course is going to be associated with a new concentration under the BS in Physical Education program and would best be designed as a 3-hour class with a 1 credit hour lab (new course creation). In addition, to fit the new concentration the name of the course should be changed. This course would be most productive if students were required to take BIO 171 (Human Anatomy) prior to taking this course and ATR 22L as a co-requisite.






McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016





ATR 225 Applied Palpation Anatomy Applied Anatomy for Healthcare Providers (3) A. Prerequisite: BIO 171 with a minimum grade of “C”, Corequisite: ATR 225L ATR 100 or PHE 212 or permission of the instructor. Students repeating ATR 225 must also enroll in 225L and the most recent grade in these two co-requisites will be applied toward student’s GPA. Provide students with hands on the opportunity to locateidentify, explore and compare human musculoskeletal, nerve, and vascular body structures through palpation. This course will focus on anatomy function and assessment from the healthcare perspective, nerve and vascular structures. 3 Lec/1 Lab.







Lecture Laboratory Other Cip Code (first two digits only)







CoRequisites and Prerequisites **See definitions on following page** Co-Requisite(s): (List only co-requisites. See below for prerequisites and combinations.) Course Prefix and No. ATR 225L Course Prefix and No. Prerequisite(s): (List prerequisites only. List combinations below. Use “and” and “or” literally.) (Specific minimum grade

requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. BIO 171 with a minimum grade of (C) Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)








(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Exercise and Sport Science New Course (Parts II, IV) College College of Health Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title New Minor (Part III) *Program Title BS in Physical Education Program Suspension (Part III) X___ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 10/24/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 11/4/2015 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* NA___________________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received. Completion of A, B, and C is required: (Please be specific, but concise.)

A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Add a concentration to the BS in PE major. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)


CAA Page 142

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Pending

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

12/7/15

The undergraduate athletic training program is transitioning to a professional master’s level program, as approved by the Board of Regents and the Council on Post-Secondary Education (CPE). This is in advance of a mandate for all accredited athletic training programs to move to a professional master’s degree by the year 2022 and phase out any undergraduate programs. Students interested in athletic training will now be required to complete a bachelor’s degree and specific pre-requisites prior to applying for a professional program at the master’s level. EKU is on the forefront of potential MS programs but will be phasing out the accredited BS program as mandated. Student’s interested in the athletic training program do not have a curriculum choice that would incorporate all of the pre-requisite classes and prepare them for the MS in AT program. The new concentration for Pre-AT would fill this need. It will be designed to provide students interested in AT a viable option that will not add pre-requisites onto another major. Due to the considerable cross-over between required pre-requisites in MS in AT programs and other healthcare professions, such as physical therapy, and previous demand of pre-physical therapy students in taking the BS in AT program, this program would also be marketed to pre-physical therapy students. EKU currently offers pre-professional programs that guide students in adding additional courses to a currently offered major but no majors to our knowledge address the core pre-requisite courses in a major that starts to build clinicians through additional required courses geared at enhancing medical knowledge and a clinical foundation. The Pre-Athletic Training/Pre-Physical Therapy concentration would take core classes, combine pre-requisite courses, and provide a good foundation for clinical practice.


Personnel Impact: This program revision should not anticipated to require any additional faculty lines. It is possible, however, that due to the anticipated popularity of this program, more sections of classes that are currently being offered may need to be opened and in that case more personnel (adjunct or faculty) may be needed. Currently, there are approximately 80-90 pre-AT majors and about 50 AT majors. Due to the transition of the BS in AT program to a MS in AT, the faculty teaching in that program will be able to cover the athletic training courses, especially as the BS in AT is completely phased out.

Operating Expenses Impact: All courses in this proposed revision are either courses that are currently being offered or that will be revised slightly to meet the new demands (previous ATR courses will not be geared towards meeting accreditation standards and the topics will be generalized to fit the Pre-Athletic Training/Pre-Physical Therapy concentration). There is no anticipated increase in expenses with these course offerings since equipment needed for labs will be shared with the MS in AT program and since lab fees will be generated to cover necessary expenses.

Equipment/Physical Facility Needs: There is no expected equipment and/or physical facility needs beyond what is currently being used in the BS in AT program and the MS in AT program. It is possible that some equipment and expendable supplies (e.g. tape, evaluation tools and some rehabilitation equipment) will be needed to for some lab sections, however, the expense should not be greater than generated fees.

Library Resources: There is no expected increase or change in library resources.

CAA Page 143

Part III. Recording Data for Revised or Suspended Program 1. For a revised program, provide the current program requirements using strikethrough for deletions and

underlines for additions. 2. For a suspended program, provide the current program requirements as shown in catalog. List any options

and/or minors affected by the program’s suspension.


DEPARTMENT OF EXERCISE AND SPORT SCIENCE Chair

Dr. Jack Rutherford (859) 622-1887 Moberly 231

The Department of Exercise and Sport Science offers Bachelor of Science degrees in Athletic Training, Sport Management, and Physical Education with three program concentrations: General, P-12 Teaching Physical Education and Health, and Physical Fitness and Wellness Management, and Pre-Athletic Training/Pre Physical Therapy. The department also offers minors in Dance (non-teaching), Physical Education (non-teaching), and Coaching (non-teaching). Students who transfer from another college or university must earn a minimum of 12 hours at EKU in their major. Students who transfer from another college or university must earn a minimum of six hours at EKU in their minor. Bachelor of Science (B.S.) PHYSICAL EDUCATION CIP Code: 13.1314 UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

•General Education..................................................36 hours •Student Success Seminar (HSO 100; waived for transfers with 30+ hrs.).................................................................1 hour •Wellness.................................................................3 hours (NFA 201: hours will share with Supporting) •Writing Intensive Course (Hrs. incorporated into Major/ Supporting/Gen Ed/Free Electives category) •Upper division courses (42 hrs. distributed throughout Major/ Supporting/Gen Ed/Free Electives categories) •ACCT - PE majors pursuing Physical Fitness & Wellness Management will use PHE 472, and those in the teaching Concentration will use EMS 499, and those in the Pre-Athletic Training/Pre-Physical Therapy concentration will use ATR 430. (Credit hours are incorporated into the major requirements below.)

Total Hours University Graduation Requirements..40 hours MAJOR REQUIREMENTS

CAA Page 144

Core Courses............................................................18 hours PHE 212, 315, 320, 325, 562, 575; current CPR certification required at time of graduation. Students within both all PE Concentrations will take these common “core” courses.

Concentrations: (Each student must complete one of the following concentrations)

P-12 Teaching PE & Health................................30 hours HEA 315, 345, 380, 375, PHE 224, 300, 305, 310, 323, and 415. Physical Fitness & Wellness Management.........27-29 hours PHE 407, 430, 433, 435, 472(6), 517, and 190/390(5); PHE 241(1), 313(2) or 340(3). (Students must document fifty (50) hours of Fitness & Wellness Management related experiences prior to enrolling in PHE 472.) Pre-Athletic Training/Pre-Physical Therapy………….28 hours

ATR 225/225L(4), 330, 340/340L, 430; HSA 100, 200; PHE 407, 517, and PHI 383

Supporting Course Requirements:

All Concentrations...............................................6 hours BIO 171, 301, and NFA 201(wellness).

Physical Fitness & Wellness Management.........15 hours HEA 202, and 320; HEA 315, or 380; MGT 301, MKT 301, and current first aid & CPR certification at time of graduation.

Pre-Athletic Training/Pre-Physical Therapy ……………………......24 hours BIO 111(4) or 112(4) (GElement 4); CHE 111/111L(4) (GElement 4), 112/112L(4), EMC 104(1), 110(6), MAT 120, PHY 131(5), 132(5); PSY 200 (GElement 5B) and STA 215 or 270 (GElement 2),

ᴳ = Course also satisfies a General Education element. Hours are included within the 36 hours in General Education.

Professional Education Requirements:

P-12 Teaching PE & Health Concentration.......38 hours EDF 203, 204, 219, 413(2), EME 586, EMS 300W, 490(1), 474, ESE 566, PHE 562*, SED 104 (ᴳElement 6), and 12 credit hours of Clinical Experiences: CED 100(0.5), 200(0.5), 300(0.5), 400(0.5), 450(1), 499(9). ᴳ = Course also satisfies a General Education element. Hours are included within the 36 hours in General Education. *PHE 562=SED 402

Free Electives:

Physical Fitness & Wellness Management.........12-14 hours Pre-Athletic Training/Pre-Physical Therapy ……………………2 hours (*2 hours of free electives must be at or above the 300 level) For students interested in Pre-Athletic Training/Pre-Physical Therapy, additional courses may be required outside of the Core, Concentration and Supporting

CAA Page 145

courses to meet requirements of some post-baccalaureate professional programs.

TOTAL HOURS TO COMPLETE DEGREE……………..120-132 hours

CAA Page 146

Curriculum Guide for BS in Physical Education (Pre‐

2016‐2017

First Year

Fall ‐ 16 Hours

HSO 100 ‐ Student Success Seminar (1)

HSA 100 ‐ Intro to Health Science Field (3)

NFA 201(Wellness) (3)

ENG 101 ‐ Gen Ed Element 1A (3)

Gen Ed Element 5A (3)

MAT 120 ‐ Trigonometry (or higher) (3)

Second Year

Fall ‐ 16 Hours

*PSY 200 ‐ Gen Ed Element 5B (3)

BIO 301 ‐ Physiology (3)

PHE 320 ‐ Biomechanics (3)

HSA 200 ‐ Medical Terminology (3)

CHE 111/111L ‐ Chemistry I w/ Lab

(Gen Ed Element 4) (4)

Third Year

Fall ‐ 14 Hours

ATR 330 ‐ Foundations of Ortho Eval (3)

PHE 407 ‐ Strength & Conditioning (3)

PHY 131 ‐ Physics I (5)

*PHI 383 ‐ Health and Biomedical Ethics (3)

Fourth Year

Fall ‐ 15 Hours

ATR 430 ‐ Foundations of Clinical Practice (3)

PHE 517 ‐ Bioenergetics (3)

PHE 575 ‐ Tests and Measure in PE (3)

Gen Ed Element 6 (3)

Gen Ed Element 3B (3)

*may be taken as a writing intensive course

CAA Page 147

‐Athletic Training/Pre‐Physical Therapy Concentration)

Spring ‐15 Hours

PHE 212 ‐ Care and Prev of Athletic Inj (3)

ENG 102 ‐ Gen Ed Element 1B (3)

BIO 171 ‐ Anatomy (3)

STA 215 or 270 ‐ Gen Ed Element 2 (3)

Gen Ed Element 1C (3)

Spring ‐ 15 Hours

ATR 225 ‐ Applied Palpation Anatomy in Healthcare (3)

ATR 225L ‐ Applied Palpation Anatomy Lab (1)

PHE 325 ‐ Exercise Physiology (3)

BIO 111 or 112 ‐ Biology (Gen Ed Element 4) (4)

CHE 112/112L ‐ Chemistry II w/ Lab (4)

Spring ‐ 14 Hours

ATR 340 ‐ Foundations of Rehabilitation (2)

ATR 340L ‐ Foundations of Rehabilitation Lab (1)

PHY 132 ‐ Physics II (5)

EMC 110 ‐ Introduction to Emergency Medical Care (6)

Spring ‐ 15 Hours

PHE 562 ‐ Adapted Physical Education (3)

PHE 315 ‐ Phys Fit Concepts and App (3)

EMC 104 ‐ Healthcare Basic Life Support (1)

Gen Ed Element 3A (3)

Gen Ed Element 6 (3)

Elective (2)

CAA Page 148

Curriculum Map for Department of Exercise & Sport Science

BS in Physical Education – Pre‐Athletic Training/Pre‐Physical Therapy Concentration EKU BS in PE with Pre‐Athletic Training/Pre‐Physical Therapy (Pre‐AT/PT) Concentration Comprehensive Assessment Plan

Mission: The primary mission of the Eastern Kentucky University BS in PE‐Pre‐AT/PT concentration is to prepare undergraduate students seeking post‐graduate professional masters’ education in athletic training or physical therapy by providing a foundation of theoretical knowledge and some clinical skills necessary to successfully attain future certification through post‐baccalaureate education.

Program Outcome/Goal: Graduates of the EKU BS in PE‐Pre‐AT/PT Concentration will demonstrate knowledge and clinical skills essential to gaining admittance to professional graduate programs.

Objective Assessment Method Benchmark/Criterion

SLO 1: Students will integrate major concepts, theoretical perspectives, empirical findings, and historical trends in athletic training or physical therapy.

‐Concentration’s Comprehensive Exam – given in ATR 430

80% of graduates will score > or equal to 70%

Program Outcome/Goal: Graduates of the EKU BS in PE‐Pre‐AT/PT Concentration will demonstrate professional qualities and interpersonal skills foundational to future healthcare providers.

Objective Assessment Method Benchmark/Criterion

SLO 2: Students will use critical and creative skills when thinking about, critiquing, and applying methods of practice in athletic training or physical therapy.

‐ATR 330 final exam ‐ATR 340 presentation

80% of graduates will score > or equal to 80% 80% of graduates will score > or equal to 80%

SLO 3: Students will communicate effectively. ‐ATR 340 presentation 80% of graduates will score > or equal to 80%

SLO 4: Graduates will demonstrate professionalism during clinical observations.

‐Direct Observation Performance Evaluation

Average score of >4.0

CAA Page 149

Program‐Level Student Learning Outcomes

I = Initial

R = Reinforcement

CORE Courses

PHE 212

PHE 315

PHE 320

PHE 325

PHE 562

PHE 575

SLO 1 I I R R R R

SLO 2 I I R R R R

SLO 3 I I R R R R

SLO 4 ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐

Option Courses

ATR 225

ATR 225L

ATR 330

ATR 340

ATR 340L

ATR 430

PHE 407

PHE 517

PHI 383W

HSA 100

HSA 200

SLO 1 I R I I/R I/R I/R R I I I I

SLO 2 I R I/R I/R R I/R R R R I I

SLO 3 I R I I R R R I R I I

SLO 4 ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ I/R ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐

Supporting Courses

BIO 171

BIO 301

NFA 201

PSY 200

STA 215/270

EMC 104

EMC 110

MAT 120

BIO 111/112

PHY 131

PHY 132

CHE 111

CHE 111L

CHE 112

CHE 112L

SLO 1 I I I R I I I I I I I I I I I

SLO 2 I I I R I I I I/R I I I I R I R

SLO 3 I I I R I I I I I I I I I I I

SLO 4 ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐ ‐‐

CAA Page 150


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Family and Consumer Sciences New Course (Parts II, IV) College Health Sciences x Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number NFA 202 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Introduction to Dietetics New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 09/21/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 10/7/2015 Faculty Senate** NA General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** NA Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* _______NA_______________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received. Completion of A, B, and C is required: (Please be specific, but concise.)

A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Change term-offering designation from I to A.

A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016


B. The justification for this action: In order to accommodate possible scheduling needs of transfer students in meeting program admission requirements, faculty desire the ability to offer this course both fall and spring semesters. This course is required for program admission and is currently offered fall semester only. It is foreseeable that students transferring from another major or school might lack only this course to apply for the dietetics program. Without being able to offer NFA 202 in spring semester, these students would be delayed an entire year in applying for the program.






CAA Page 151

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016





NFA 202 Introduction to Dietetics. (1) I A. A professional orientation course describing the roles of the practitioner in administrative, clinical, and community dietetic, along with relationships to other health professionals.

CAA Page 152





NFA 202 Fall 2016 AS HS X FCSC BT JS ED UP






1 1 FR JR B 1 SO SR W 1 Grading Information: Course is











CAA Page 153


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Family and Consumer Sciences New Course (Parts II, IV) College Health Sciences X Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number NFA 310 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Junior Seminar New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 09/21/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 10/7/2015 Faculty Senate** NA General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** NA Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* _NA__________________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received. Completion of A, B, and C is required: (Please be specific, but concise.)

A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) To increase the number of credit hours for NFA 310 from 2 to 3.




Following input from the NFA program advisory board regarding specific needs of new graduates, the NFA faculty determined that additional content should be included in the NFA 310. Incorporating the additional content requires increasing the number of credit hours for NFA 310 from 2 to 3 hours.


Personnel Impact: N/A

Operating Expenses Impact: N/A

Equipment/Physical Facility Needs: N/A

Library Resources: N/A

CAA Page 154

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016





Junior Seminar (2 3) I. Prerequisite: Admission to General Dietetics. Preparation and planning for transition to internship, graduate school or professional work. Emphasis on professional roles and responsibilities, and ethical practice in dietetics.

CAA Page 155





NFA 310 Fall 2016 AS HS X FCSC BT JS ED UP






1 3 FR JR B 3 SO SR T 3 W 3 Grading Information: Course is











CAA Page 156

Eastern Kentucky University Department of Family and Consumer Sciences

NFA 310 Junior Seminar in Dietetics CRN*****, 3.0 credit hours

Fall 20** Instructor: Erin K. Eliassen EdD, RD, LD, CLC Room 200B Burrier Building Phone: 622-2286 Email: [email protected] Office Hours: Text:

Selected readings from the Journal of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics and other professional journals and publications.

Catalog Course Description: Junior Seminar (3) I. Prerequisite: Admission to General Dietetics. Preparation and planning for transition to internship, graduate school or professional work. Emphasis on professional roles and responsibilities, and ethical practice in dietetics. Student Learning Outcomes: During this course, students will:

describe the organizational structure and functions of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics discuss trends in the nutrition and dietetics professional job market develop a plan of action for transition to internship, graduate school or work in the field of dietetics prepare a detailed resume and personal statement in preparation for Dietetic Internship and/or graduate

school application demonstrate appropriate professional communication and interviewing skills apply the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics Code of Professional Ethics to scenarios assess personal strengths and weaknesses in test taking

University Requirements Financial Aid: Federal Financial Aid must be earned by attending and successfully completing coursework. Students should be aware that withdrawing from the University or ceasing to attend classes can result in the following:

a) A balance owed to EKU for the Federal Financial Aid received for that term that was not earned b) Loss of future financial aid eligibility

Drop and Withdraw Dates: Students should refer to http://colonelscompass.eku.edu for specific dates related to withdraws, fees and refunds. Disability Statement:: For current policy please refer to the following link: http://www.academicaffairs.eku.edu/syllabi/ Academic Integrity Policy: For current policy please refer to the following link: http://www.academicaffairs.eku.edu/syllabi/ Official E-mail: An official EKU e-mail is established for each registered student, each faculty member, and each staff member. All university communications sent via e-mail will be sent to this EKU e-mail address. Department Requirements Student Drop Box: There is a ‘drop box’ in the main office where students may leave work and messages for faculty. Students must write the name of the faculty member on the item and date/time stamp it. The date/time stamp is kept on the table near the drop box. (Simply press down on the stamp and it will imprint the date and time your work is dropped off.) Office staff will deliver the items to faculty mailboxes periodically during the day. If the item is too large for the drop box, office staff will provide assistance.

CAA Page 157

Department Examination Policy: Electronic devices cannot be used during exams-e.g. cell phones, calculators, electronic translators. Calculators will be provided by the course instructor when necessary. Hats must be removed during exams. Personal Electronic Devices: Student personal electronic devices such as cell phones, iPods, etc. are to be turned off or silenced during class. Any student’s personal electronic device seen during class may be held by the instructor until the end of class. Students wishing to use personal electronic devices such as laptops or tablets during class for e-text reference or note taking should discuss this with the instructor during the first week of class. The instructor may approve use on an individual basis. Tentative FCS Department Advising Dates: Evaluation Methods: Course grades will be based on the percentage of total points accumulated upon completion of the following: Assignments (six total) 300 TOTAL 300 Student Progress: Progress in the course will be monitored through graded work and midterm grades. Students are encouraged to meet with the instructor concerning questions related to progress. Attendance: The attendance policy of this course is consistent with Eastern Kentucky University Regulation 4.1.6R. Please refer to this regulation for examples of excusable reason for absences and more complete information on compliance with this regulation. http://policies.eku.edu/sites/policies.eku.edu/files/policies/4.1.6_student_absence_adopted_12.1.14.pdf It is expected that students will attend all classes. The University policy regarding attending the first class meeting will be implemented ( http://www.eku.edu/academics/facultysenate/minutes/2009-10/04-05/CAA_Use-It-Or-Lose-It.pdf). Students are responsible for all material presented in class and assigned readings; handouts as well as missed lecture material are the responsibility of the student. Course Requirements:

Six assignments- 50 points each. 1. Volunteer/ professional activity planning and participation

a. In groups, students will: Contact assigned organizations/businesses Develop a spreadsheet including:

1. agency names 2. specific contact names/positions 1. dates times and locations of events appropriate for volunteers

b. Individually, student will provide documentation of participation in at least 8 hours of volunteer activities by the end of the semester. Student should complete the hours at one, but no more than three, facilities and/or events.

2. Resume a. Develop a professional resume outlining at minimum: education, work/volunteer experiences,

activities, and honors b. Complete peer review of the resume (form to be provided) c. Submit a final copy for grading

3. Personal Statement

a. Write a personal statement for internship /graduate school application. b. Address the following points:

Reasons you selected dietetics as a profession Experiences that have helped you prepare for internship and the profession Your short-term and long-term goals Your strengths and weakness as you enter prepare for internship/graduate

school/professional career c. Limit your statement to 800 words

A- 92-100 B- 83-91.5 C- 74-82.5 D- 65- 73.5

Total points/ 300

CAA Page 158

4. Assessment of Interview a. Schedule and complete a mock interview with career services b. Write an evaluation of the experiences which includes the following:

Strengths and weaknesses demonstrated during the mock interview. Strategies you will implement in preparation for future interviews.

5. Ethics Case Study

a. Review the Ethics Case Studies—Learning Application of the 2009 ADA/CDR Code of Ethics for the Profession of Dietetics posted on Bb. b. Follow the ADA/CDR format, write an Ethics Case Study on a topic approved by the professor c. Each group will present their case study to the class.

6. Test taking

a. Complete and score the test taking inventory administered in class b. Write an assessment of your personal strengths and weaknesses in testing. c. Identify specific tools to assist you on future exams (RD/GRE)

Grades: Final grades will be determined as previously outlined. Students who have concerns about grades should consult the instructor throughout the term. Grades will not be reevaluated unless an “I” was granted for extenuating circumstances or a mathematical error is detected. Note that NFA students are required to receive a “C” or better; otherwise, the course must be repeated.

Assignments: All assignments must be submitted using 10 point Ariel font and “0.5 inch” margins. Multiple pages must be stapled. Proper use of language including correct grammar, complete sentences, and paragraph style are expected. Assignments will be turned in at the beginning of class on the due date. Ten percent of the total assignment points will be deducted for late assignments received within 7 days of the due date. Assignments more than 7 days late (including weekends) will receive a grade of “0”. Late assignments should be turned in directly to the instructor or the student drop box. Please do not slide assignments under office doors.

Tentative Course Outline and Schedule

Course topics Week 1 Introduction to the course and overview of community engagement opportunities Week 2 Locating volunteer and job opportunities as a dietetics student; developing an action plan for

obtaining experience Week 3 Planning co-op and identifying optimal opportunities for presenting in the internship application Week 4 Professionalism in the workplace and volunteering; professional appearance and first impressions Week 5 Professional written and oral communication- letters, email, thank-you, telephone, requesting

references Week 6 Structure and functions of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics; Introduction to professional

ethics Week 7 Ethical practice as a dietetics student/intern Week 8 Searching for and applying for internships and graduate programs; the DICAS system Week 9 Cover Letters and Resumes Week 10 Writing Personal Statements; Interviewing skills- telephone, web, person to person Week 11 Job market trends; career options in nutrition/foods/dietetics Week 12 Preparing for presentations Week13 Test taking; RD Exam; GRE Week14 Time management; work/life balance; stress management Week15 Social media and your profession Week16 Presentations

CAA Page 159


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Family and Consumer Sciences New Course (Parts II, IV) College Health Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title New Minor (Part III) *Program Title General Dietetics Program Suspension (Part III) _X__ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 09/21/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 10/7/2015 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* NA_________________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received. Completion of A, B, and C is required: (Please be specific, but concise.)

A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) 1) Indicate NFA 310 is now 3 credit hours by removing the 2. 2) To change the total number of core course hours from 55 to 56 3) To change the number of elective hours from 4 to 3



B. The justification for this action: Changes will reflect the increase in the number of credit hours for NFA 310 from 2 to 3 hours.


Personnel Impact:

NA

Operating Expenses Impact:

NA

Equipment/Physical Facility Needs:

NA

Library Resources:

NA

CAA Page 160

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

12/7/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016





GENERAL DIETETICS PROGRAM The General Dietetics program leads to a Bachelor of Science degree in General Dietetics. The program is

accredited by the Accreditation Council for Education in Nutrition and Dietetics (ACEND), an agency of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics, as a Didactic Program in Nutrition and Dietetics (DPND). Students completing the DPND earn a Verification Statement, which provides eligibility to complete an accredited Dietetic Internship. Acceptance to a Dietetic Internship requires application and program matching through a competitive process. A strong academic record, work experience, and service/leadership in extracurricular activities are essential for obtaining a dietetic internship. Dietetic internships are 6 to 12 months long and include supervised practice in various areas of the dietetics profession. After completion of the internship, the student is eligible to take the national registration exam to become a Registered Dietitian (RD). In most states, including Kentucky, RD status is sufficient to obtain a state license to practice as a dietitian. Registered Dietitians (RD) work with individuals and groups of all ages to improve health and wellness. Dietitians find employment in a variety of professional settings, including hospitals, long term care facilities, outpatient clinics, health departments, food companies, wellness programs, public health and regulatory agencies, cooperative extension, food service (including hospital, long term care, school, college/university, and prisons), private practice, sales, and research. In these settings, RDs provide medical nutrition therapy; menu planning; recipe and product development; individual counseling related to nutrition and diet; nutrition education to groups and individuals; community nutrition program development, implementation, and evaluation; and research. Graduates who do not complete a dietetic internship find employment opportunities in public health, food service, cooperative extension, sales, and research. With the DPND verification statement, graduates are eligible to take the national Dietetic Technician registration exam, and earn the credential Dietetic Technician Registered (DTR). Graduates of the DPND may also seek admission to graduate programs to earn an advanced degree. The program’s mission, goals, and objectives can be found on the Department of Family and Consumer Sciences website. Also available on the website is information about costs related to the program. Admission and Progression Requirements All students who are accepted by EKU’s Admissions Office and declare their major as dietetics are admitted to the University as pre-dietetics majors. However, admission to the pre-dietetics program does not guarantee admission to the dietetics program. To be considered for admission to the dietetics program the following criteria must be met: (1) complete a minimum of 45 semester hours; (2) attain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale; (3) earn a “B” or better in CHE 101/101L, CHE 102/102L, ACC 201, STA 215, and BIO 171 or their equivalents if taken at another school; (4) earn a “B” or better in NFA 121, 201, 202, and 317. In addition, a program application form must be submitted. Should there be more qualified applicants than spaces available, applicants will be ranked according to an admission scoring rubric. The application form, admission scoring rubric, and application deadlines are available on the Department of Family & Consumer Science website. After admission to the dietetics program the student must meet the following criteria to receive a BS Degree and be granted a DPND verification statement: (1) attain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale; (2) earn a “C” or better in all major and supporting courses (other than those courses in which a “B” or better is required per admission criteria).

CAA Page 161

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (B.S.) AREA MAJOR GENERAL DIETETICS

CIP Code: 19.0501 UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS General Education…………………………………………………………………………………………36 hours Student Success Seminar………………………………………………………………………………….1 hour (HSO 100; waived for transfers with 30+ hours) Wellness……………………………………………………………………………………………………..3 hours (courses may meet both wellness & major requirements) Writing Intensive Course (Hrs incorporated into Major/Supporting/Gen Ed/Free Elective category) Upper division courses (42 hrs. distributed throughout Major/Supporting/Gen Ed/Free Electives categories) ACCT Dietetics majors will fulfill ACCT with NFA 404 (These courses are included in the Majors totals) Total Hours University Graduation Requirements……………………………………………………….40 hours MAJOR REQUIRMENTS Core Courses..........................................................................................................................................55 56 hours CDF 132, FCS 400, NFA 121, 201 (Wellness), 202 (1); 301, 303, 310(2) 317, 323, 325, 326, 344, 349 (1) or FCS 330D (1); NFA 401, 402, 403, 404, 411, 412, 445. Supporting Courses…………………………………………………………………………………………….21 hours ACC 201; BIO 171, 301; CHE 101/101L (4) (GElement 4), 102/102L (4); CIS 212 or INF 104; EHS 380; EMC 105 (1); PSY 200 (GElement 5B); STA 215 (GElement 2) (G=Course also satisfies a General Education element. Hours are included within the 36 hr. General Education requirement above.) Free Electives………………………………………………………………………………………………………4 3 hours TOTAL HOURS TO COMPLETE DEGREE…………………………………………………………………..120 hours To be granted a degree in the General Dietetics Program the student must: (1) attain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale and (2) earn a “C” or better in all major and supporting courses (other than those NFA courses in which a “B” or better is required for admission criteria).

CAA Page 162

Curriculum Map: B.S. in General Dietetics: Program level SLOs

1. Scientific and Evidence Base of Practice: integration of scientific information and research into practice KR 1.1 a.** Students are able to demonstrate how to locate, interpret, evaluate, and use professional literature to make ethical evidence‐based practice decisions. KR 1.1 b.** Students are able to use current information technologies to locate and apply evidence‐based guidelines and protocols, such as the Academy of Nutrition & Dietetics Evidence Analysis Library. 2. Professional Practice Expectations: beliefs, values, attitudes and behaviors for the professional dietitian level of practice. KR 2.1.a.* Students are able to demonstrate effective and professional oral and written communication and documentation and use of current information technologies when communicating with individuals, groups and the public. KR 2.2a. Students are able to demonstrate counseling techniques to facilitate behavior change. KR 2.3a. ** Students are able to locate, understand and apply established guidelines to a professional practice scenario. KR 2.3b. Students are able to identify and describe the roles of others with whom the Registered Dietitian collaborates in the delivery of food and nutrition services. 3. Clinical and Customer Services: development and delivery of information, products and services to individuals, groups and populations. KR 3.1a.** Students are able to use the nutrition care process to make decisions, to identify nutrition‐related problems and determine and evaluate nutrition interventions, including medical nutrition therapy, disease prevention and health promotion. KR 3.2a.** Students are able to apply knowledge of the role of environment, food and lifestyle choices to develop interventions to affect change and enhance wellness in diverse individuals and groups. KR 3.3a.* Students are able to develop an educational session or program/educational strategy for a target population. 4. Practice Management and Use of Resources: strategic application of principles of management and systems in the provision of services to individuals and organizations. KR 4.1a. Students are able to apply management and business theories and principles to the development, marketing and delivery of programs and services. KR 4.1b. Students are able to determine costs of services or operations, prepare a budget and interpret financial data. KR 4.1c. Students are able to apply the principle human resource management to different situations. KR 4.2a. Students area able to apply safety principles related to food, personnel and consumers. KR 4.2b.** Students are able to develop outcome measures, use informatics principles and technology to collect and analyze data for assessment and evaluate data to use in decision‐making. KR 4.3a. Students are able to explain the impact of a public policy position on dietetic practice. KR 4.4a. Students are able to explain the impact of health care policy and administration, different health care delivery systems and current reimbursement issues, policies and regulations on food and nutrition services. KR 4.5a Students will be able to explain different sources of reimbursement *addresses written/oral communication ** addresses critical/creative thinking 5. Support Knowledge: knowledge underlying the requirements specified above. SK 5.1. The food and food systems foundation of the dietetics profession must be evident in the curriculum. Course content must include the principles of food science and food systems, techniques of food preparation and application to the development, modification and evaluation of recipes, menus and food products acceptable to diverse groups. SK 5.2. The physical and biological science foundation of the dietetics profession must be evident in the curriculum. Course content must include organic chemistry, biochemistry, physiology, genetics, microbiology, pharmacology, statistics, nutrient metabolism, and nutrition across the lifespan. SK 5.3. The behavioral and social science foundation of the dietetics profession must be evident in the curriculum. Course content must include concepts of human behavior and diversity, such as psychology, sociology or anthropology.

CAA Page 163

KR 1.1a**

KR 1.1b**

KR 2.1a*

KR 2.2a

KR 2.3a**

KR 2.3b

KR 3.1a**

KR 3.2a**

KR 3.3a*

KR 4.1a

KR 4.1b

KR 4.1c

KR 4.2a

KR 4.2b**

KR 4.3a

KR 4.4a

KR 4.5a

SK 5.1

SK 5.2

SK 5.3

CDF 132 I I

FCS 400 R R R R R

NFA 121 I I

NFA 201 I I

NFA 202 I I I

NFA 301 R

NFA 303 I I I I I I R

NFA 310 R R R

NFA 317 I I R R

NFA 323 R R R R

NFA 325 R I I I R I R

NFA 326 R R R R R R R

NFA 344 R

NFA 349 I I I

NFA 401 R R R R R R R R

NFA 402 R R R R R R R R R R

NFA 403 R R R R R R R R R I

NFA 404 R R R R R R R R

NFA 411 R R R R R R R R R

NFA 412 R I R

NFA 445 R R R R

ACC 201 I I

BIO 171 I

BIO 301 I

CHE 101/101L

I

CHE 102/102L

I

CIS 212 / INF104

I

EHS 380 R R

EMC 105 I

PSY 200 I I I

STA 215 I I I

*addresses written/oral communication ** addresses critical/creative thinking

CAA Page 164

curr:editorial.change.curriculum.form.wpd-01-02

Editorial Change - Curriculum Form (Present only one curriculum editorial change per form)

(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I Department Name Occupational Science and Occupational TherapyCollege College of Health Sciences*Course Prefix & Number *Course Title (30 characters) *Program Title Rehabilitation Sciences

(Major , Option ; Minor ; or Certificate )

*Provide only the information relevant to the proposal.

Original Proposal Approved by the Council on Academic Affairs on Date: 1/16/2014


Update the url address and Department name in catalog.A. 2. Effective date: (Example: Fall 2001)

Fall 2016 Part III. Recording Data for Revised Program 1. For a revised program, provide (a) the current program requirements and (b) the revised program, reflecting the exact changes being proposed.


CAA Page 165

McGeeR

Typewritten Text



REHABILITATION SCIENCES DOCTORAL PROGRAM

(in collaboration with the University of Kentucky) I. GENERAL INFORMATION The Department of Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy participates in a collaborative Rehabilitation Sciences Doctoral Program with the University of Kentucky. The Doctoral Program in Rehabilitation Sciences is designed to produce academic leaders, researchers, and clinical leaders. The curriculum will provide the students with general knowledge of the full spectrum of the rehabilitation process as well as in-depth knowledge of one specific area of a discipline, such as Occupational Therapy, Physical Therapy, Athletic Training, or Speech and Communication. The degree is awarded by the University of Kentucky. II. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The student will apply to the University of Kentucky Graduate School. Students must meet the admission criteria of the Graduate School at the University of Kentucky, possess a Master’s Degree and be eligible for a current license to practice in Kentucky. III. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS Program requirements can be obtained from www.mc.uky.edu/ rehabsciences/index.html http://www.uky.edu/healthsciences/academic-programs/rehabilitation-sciences-phd-program. IV. EXIT REQUIREMENTS Successful completion of a planned program, comprehensive exam, and a dissertation are required for completion of the Rehabilitation Sciences Doctoral Program

CAA Page 166

Curriculum Change Form Part I (Check one) Department Name Recreation and Park Administration New Course (Parts II, IV) College Health Sciences X Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number REC 300 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Civic Engagement Experiences New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 10/23/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 11/4/2015 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* __NA____________________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: To revise REC 300 and Change credit hours from 1 to variable hours of 1‐3

A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (NA)

B. The justification for this action: The course will have variable hours and the course description needs to reflect this. Since students’ service learning and civic engagement experiences are different in frequency and duration, students need the flexibility of determining what academic credit hour(s) will best benefit their experiences.






Part II. Recording Data for New, Revised, or Dropped Course

(For a new required course, complete a separate request for the appropriate program revisions.)




CAA Page 167

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016

REC 300 Civic Engagement Experiences. (1-3) I, II. Students will engage in structured service learning activities by completing community projects. Students will work as a group toward enhancing the local environment or community. This course blends an ongoing academic focus with experiential learning and service experiences. May be retaken for a total of six credit hours.





Part IV. Recording Data for New or Revised Course (Record only new or changed course information.)

Course prefix (3 letters)

Course Number (3 Digits)

Effective Academic Term (Example: Fall 2012)

College/Division: Dept. (4 letters)*

REC 300 Fall 2016 AS HS X REPA BT JS ED UP


1-3 Lecture Laboratory Other X Cip Code (first two digits only) 31




1 1-3 N FR JR SO SR Grading Information: Course is






Course Prefix and No. Test Scores

CAA Page 168

Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)




CAA Page 169

CAA Page 170


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Recreation and Park Administration New Course (Parts II, IV) College Health Sciences X Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number REC 450W Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Senior Seminar New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 10/23/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 11/4/2015 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* _NA_____________________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: Change the description to reflect current terminology. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)


We have changed the Senior Practicum title to Senior Internship (REC 463) and added REC 473 (Therapeutic Recreation Internship) to the curriculum.

REC 450W (Senior Seminar), current course description still uses the terms ‘Senior Practicum’ and the course description needs to reflect the proposed change.

REC 473 (Therapeutic Recreation Internship) was added to the curriculum and the course description of REC 450W needs to include REC 473.

REC 450W is the only course offered. “Credit will not be awarded for both REC 450W and REC 450” needs to be deleted from the course description.






CAA Page 171

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

NA

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016





REC 450W Senior Seminar. (3) I, II. Prerequisites: for majors only; enroll the semester immediately preceding

REC 463 or REC 473. Introduction to the senior practicum internship and professional requirements. Study of trends in recreation practices. Development of a professional philosophy. Credit will not be awarded for both REC 450W

and REC 450.

CAA Page 172





REC 450W Fall 2016 AS HS X REPA BT JS ED UP






S 3 N FR JR SO SR Grading Information: Course is








Equivalent Course(s): (credit will not be awarded for both…; or formerly…) Course Prefix and No. Credit not awarded with REC 450 Course Prefix and No. Course Prefix and No.



CAA Page 173


TO: Council on Academic Affairs FROM: Dr. Karin Sehmann, Associate Dean College of Arts and Sciences DATE: November 16, 2015 SUBJECT: Curriculum Proposals Please consider the following curriculum proposals from the College Curriculum Committee at the next CAA meeting on November 19, 2015:


Government

New Courses LGS 307 – Federal Indian Law

POL 346 – Religion and Politics in the World

Languages, Cultures, and Humanities New Program Minor in Japanese Language and Culture

New Courses

JPN 207 – Japanese for Work and Study JPN 305 – Gateway to Advanced Japanese I JPN 306 – Gateway to Advanced Japanese II JPN 310 – Topics in Japanese Culture:_____

Program Revisions


Bachelor of Arts in French/Teaching


College of Arts and Sciences Office of the Associate Dean

Academic and Student Affairs

105 Roark Building 521 Lancaster Avenue

Richmond, Kentucky 40475-3102 PHONE: 859-622-8140

FAX: 859-622-1451 EMAIL: [email protected]

WEBSITE: cas.eku.edu

CAA Page 174


Revise courses required for completion of the B.A. in French/Teaching, as a result of dropped/new courses. Strike references to FRE 301, 302, 313, 314, 315, 340, 360; add FCC 210, FRE 305, 310, 340, 350, 360, 380, 410, and 430.

Minor in French Revise courses required for completion of the French Minor as a result of dropped/new courses. Strike references to FRE 204 and 210, and add FRE 207. Revise Minor Title to “Minor in French Language and Culture”.

Certificate in French Conversation and Culture Revise courses required for completion of the Certificate in French Conversation and Culture as a result of dropped/new courses. Strike references to FRE 204, 210, 310, 320, 350 and add FCC 210 and FRE 207.

Philosophy and Religion

New Course PHI 343 – American Indian Thought


New Course

PHY 412 – Directed Research in Physics:_____

Specific action requested.

Course Revisions

PHY 202 – University Physics II


PHY 310 – Theoretical Methods in Physics


PHY 410 – Independent Study in Physics:_____ To modify the description of PHY 410 to reflect its use as a true independent study course, so that it can be distinguished from the new directed research course

PHY 460 – Classical Mechanics


CAA Page 175


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Government X New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts and Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number LGS 307 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Federal Indian Law New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 9/21/2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 10/19/2015 Faculty Senate** NA General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** NA Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* _________NA__________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Add a new course LGS 307: Federal Indian Law, to Catalog. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)


This course was requested to be included in the new minor for American Indian studies.






CAA Page 176

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

WITHDRAWN





LGS 307 Federal Indian Law. (3) A. Prerequisite: ENG 102, 105(B), or HON 102. A study of the development and application of federal Indian law, including the federal-tribal relationship, tribal sovereignty/self-government, federal/state/tribal jurisdiction, and statutes related to the legal rights of federal Indians and Native Americans.

CAA Page 177





LGS 307 Fall 2016 AS X HS GOVN BT JS ED UP






1, W, B 3 N FR JR SO SR Grading Information: Course is




requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. ENG 102, 105(B), or HON 102 Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)







CAA Page 178

FEDERAL INDIAN LAW (LGS 307) DEPARTMENT OF GOVERNMENT CRN XXXXX

Prof. Lynnette Noblitt, Esq. Office: McCreary 113 Phone: (859) 622-5931 E-mail: [email protected] Office Hours: XXXXX, other times by appointment. Course Description LGS 307 Federal Indian Law. (3) A. Prerequisite: ENG 102, 105(B), or HON 102. A study of the development and application of federal Indian law, including the federal-tribal relationship, tribal sovereignty/self-government, federal/state/tribal jurisdiction, and statutes related to the legal rights of federal Indians and Native Americans. Required Text and Materials The Rights of Indians and Tribes, 4th Ed., Stephen L. Pevar, Oxford Press. Other materials will be provided in class or will be available in the library and/or on the Internet. Department of Government Learning Objectives Indian Law meets the following learning objectives adopted by the EKU Department of Government pursuant to the strategic plan for Eastern Kentucky University:

1. Theory and Content of Law: Students will gain knowledge about the foundations, functions, terminology, sources of law (legal authority), and court structure and procedure. Students will read case law and legally related materials, including the course text, to gain understanding of the development of law and the means by which law is made and studied.

2. Critical and Creative Thinking: Students will improve ability to evaluate the foundations, functions, and applications of the law so that they are able to identify implications and consequences of the law, integrate multiple perspectives about the law, and develop a logical line of reasoning for conclusions about the law and propose novel solutions to problems identified.

Student Learning Outcomes In this course students will:

1. Retrieve, summarize, and interpret case law and statutes related to federal Indians. 2. Comprehend the substance and theory of existing laws/legal policy relating to federal Indians. 3. Apply basic concepts of fiduciary responsibility, jurisdiction, property, family, contract, and

constitutional law to federal Indians in a variety of situations presented in selected hypotheticals. 4. Analyze the consequences and implications of past, current, and proposed federal Indian laws. 5. Synthesize various perspectives throughout society on federal Indians and integrate these

perspectives into evaluation of federal Indian laws. 6. Evaluate critically and creatively the laws related to federal Indians and propose novel solutions to

problems identified. 7. Communicate in both written and oral form about current, proposed, and novel federal Indian laws

and the related implications and conclusions.

CAA Page 179

Evaluations Students will demonstrate learning through the following: writing assignments, participation in class discussion, quizzes, oral presentations, and exams.

Course Policies Written Assignments All written assignments will be graded on the basis of their organization, quality of analysis, accuracy, thoroughness, use or text, lecture, and other sources, grammar, and evidence of careful proofreading. Late Assignments All assignments must be turned in at the designated time. There will be a 50% point penalty for assignments that are turned in late. All assignments turned in after the next regular class period will not receive credit. Class Attendance Class attendance is required. Attendance will be taken every class period and it is the obligation of the student to make sure his/her presence is recorded. Should a student miss a class, it will be the student’s obligation to make up any missed work, be aware of any announcements, and get any information presented or discussed in class. A student may miss up to three classes without penalty. The instructor reserves the right to fail any student with more than three unexcused absences regardless of the other grades earned in the class. Plagiarism Plagiarism is the failure to give credit for another author’s ideas, thoughts, or language through proper documentation or citation. It also encompasses the failure to place quotation marks around any language taken from another source. Students should realize that any form of plagiarism (or other academic dishonesty) is considered a very serious violation of student ethical responsibility. Plagiarism may be penalized with failure in this course and referral to the University for disciplinary action. Academic Integrity Students are advised that EKU’s Academic Integrity policy will be strictly enforced in this course. The Academic Integrity policy is available at www.academicintegrity.eku.edu. Questions regarding the policy may be directed to the Office of Academic Integrity. Students with Special Needs A student with a “disability” may be an individual with a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities such as learning, seeing or hearing. Additionally, pregnancy or a related medical condition that causes a similar substantial limitation may also be considered a disability under the ADA. If you are registered with the Office of Services for Individuals with Disabilities, please obtain your

CAA Page 180

accommodation letters from the OSID and present them to the course instructor to discuss any academic accommodations you need. If you believe you need accommodation and are not registered with the OSID, please contact the office in the Whitlock Building Room 361 by email at [email protected] or by telephone at (859) 622-2933. Upon individual request, this syllabus can be made available in an alternative format.

The Department of Government is located in McCreary Hall, a historic building on campus that is not handicapped accessible. Alternative meeting locations are available for those students who are unable to access the building. Please notify me of your need and I will arrange an alternative meeting location. Sensitive Material

Students should be aware that some of the cases to be discussed in class, or contained in the material to be read, may involve disturbing descriptions of sexually graphic or violent behavior. Feel free to contact the instructor for more information.

Grade Calculation Assignment Point Value Quizzes/In-class Activities 300 Research Paper and Class Presentation 150 Midterm Exam I 150 Midterm Exam II 150 Comprehensive Final Exam 250 _________________________________________________ Total: 1000

Grading Scale Letter Grade Points Earned A 1000-900 B 899-800 C 799-700 D 699-600 F 599 and below

Important Dates

Last day to ADD or DROP a class. Last day for 100% refund. Last day to change from P/F or Audit to GRADE. xxxxxxxxx

Mid-Term Date:Mid-Term Grades Submission Deadline. xxxxxxxxx*Last day to WITHDRAW from class without a fee. xxxxxxxxx**Last Day to WITHDRAW from class. Withdraw fee applies. xxxxxxxxx

Comprehensive Final Exam: XXXXXXX

CAA Page 181

CAA Page 182

Tenative Course Outline*

Week/Date Topic Reading/Assignment

1 Introductions and Expectations Syllabus Court Structure/Overview Law Lecture Handout

2 Sources of Law Law Library Handout Reading and Briefing Cases Case Briefing Handout

Simple Indian Law Cases

3 History of Federal Indian Policy Pevar Chp. 1 Johnson v. McIntosh, 21 U.S. 543 (1823)

Cherokee Nation v. Georgia, 30 U.S. 1 (1831) Ex Parte Crow Dog, 109 U.S. 556 (1883)

Important Definitions Pevar Chp. 2 Alaska v. Native Village of Venetie Tribal Govn., 522 U.S. 520 (1998)

4 Fiduciary/Trust Responsibility Pevar Chp. 3 Seminole Nation v. United States, 316 U.S. 286 (1942) Unites States v. Navajo Nation, 537 U.S. 488 (2003)

Indian Treaties Pevar Chp. 4 Lone Wolf v. Hitchcock, 187 U.S. 553 (1903)

5 Catch Up/In-Class Review Midterm Exam I

6 Federal Power Over Indian Affairs Pevar Chp. 5 Morton v. Mancari, 417 U.S. 535 (1974)

Tribal Self-Government Pevar Chp. 6 United States v. Wheeler, 435 U.S. 313 (1978)

Santa Clara Pueblo v. Martinez, 436 U.S. 49 (1978) 7 State Power Over Indian Affairs Pevar Chp. 7

Dept. of Taxation & Finance of New York v. Milhelm Attea, 512 U.S. 61 (1994)

Criminal Jurisdiction in Indian Country Over Indians

Pevar Chp.8, Appendices B, C, and D United States v. Lara, 541 U.S. 193 (2004)

8 Criminal Jurisdiction in Indian Country Over Non-Indians

Criminal Jurisdiction Over Indian Lands: A Journey Through a Jurisdictional Maze, 18 Ariz.LRev. 503 (1976)

Civil Jurisdiction in Indian Country Pevar Chp. 9 National Farmer Union Insurance Companies v. Crow Tribe of Indians,

471 U.S. 845 (1985) 9 Taxation Pevar Chp. 10

Merrion v. Jicarilla Apache Tribe, 455 U.S. 130 (1982) Washington v. Confederated Tribes of the Colville Indian Reservations,

447 U.S. 134 (1980) Judicial Review Pevar Chp.18

Kiowa Tribe of Oklahoma v. Manufacturing Technologies, Inc., 523 U.S. 751 (1998)

10 Catch Up/In-Class Review Midterm Exam II

11 Indian Hunting & Fishing Rights Pevar Chp. 11 New Mexico v. Mescalero Apache Tribe, 462 U.S. 324 (1983)

Minnesota v. Mille Lacs Band of Chippewa Indians, 526 U.S. 172 (1999)

Indian Water Rights Pevar Chp. 12 Reserved Water Rights in Riparian Jurisdictions: Water, Water

Everywhere, Perhaps Some Drops for Us, 91 Cornell L.Rev. 1203 (2006).

12 Indian Civil Rights Pevar Chp. 13, 14, and 15, Appendix A Indian Gaming Pevar Chp. 16

Bringing Balance to Indian Gaming, 44 Harv. J. Legis. 39 (2007) 13 Indian Child Welfare Act Pevar 17

CAA Page 183

An Empirical Examination of the Indian Child Welfare Act and Its Impact on Cultural and Familial Preservation for American Indian

Children, 28 Child Abuse & Neglect 1279 (2004) Catch Up/Class Presentations Begin

14 Class Presentations Class Presentations

15 Class Presentations (If Necessary)/Comprehensive Final Exam Review Comprehensive Final Exam

*Quizzes/In-class activities will cover readings assigned for that day. Any changes to reading assignments will be announced in class.

CAA Page 184


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Government X New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts and Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number POL 346 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Religion and Politics in the World New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information




A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Create a new course POL 346: Religion and Politics in the World. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: This course will be added to the existing POL 347: Religion and Politics in the U.S. course. This course is based on faculty and student interest to have a religion and politics course that looks more broadly at the world.






CAA Page 185

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

WITHDRAWN

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out





POL 346 Religion and Politics in the World. (3) A. Prerequisite: ENG 102, 105(B), or HON 102. Examines the relationship between religion and politics in the world from such different perspectives as public opinion, voting behavior, institutional structures, political economy, and/or policy-making.

CAA Page 186





POL 346 Fall 2016 AS X HS GOVN BT JS ED UP






1, W, B 3 N FR JR SO SR Grading Information: Course is











CAA Page 187

1

POL 346: Religion and Politics in the World

CRN: XXXXX1

Location Time

Eastern Kentucky University Department of Government

Semester

Dr. Kalkan Office: McCreary 223

Email: [email protected] Office Hours: TBA

“God is dead. Or so thought Nietzsche.”

Anthony Gill, Religion and Comparative Politics, 2001

Catalog Description

POL 346 Religion and Politics in the World. (3) A. Prerequisite: ENG 102, 105(B), or HON 102. Examines the relationship between religion and politics in the world from such different perspectives as public opinion, voting behavior, institutional structures, political economy, and/or policy-making. Overview

Secularization theory argues that the importance of religion in individuals’ daily lives, social encounters, and politics will decrease or become irrelevant. Modernization was expected to separate religion and political affairs with clear and bold lines, particularly in Western democracies. But, it didn’t happen. Today, scientific studies show that most citizens in contemporary democratic societies have been professing stronger attachment to religion. So, why did secularization theory fail? How have modern and democratic societies gotten more religious as they became more modernized? And, why do we see a rise in membership to strict religions in Western democracies? This class attempts to answer these theoretically and substantively important questions within a comparative framework. Our scope includes Western democracies, Latin America, the Middle East and Europe. Theology will not be in our curriculum but we may talk about basic theological definitions. The guiding principle of our class will be to seek replicable empirical connections between religion and politics.

1Ireservetherighttochangeanyoftheitems/policiesinthissyllabus.

CAA Page 188

2

Student Learning Outcomes

Having completed the course you will be able to:

1. Comprehend and evaluate the basic links between religion and public opinion.

2. Analyze the effects of religiosity upon political behavior, participation, issue attitudes, and policy positions in the World.

3. Demonstrate an understanding of the religious factors that influence political and social behavior.

4. Assess the significance of the factors that influence public opinion using empirical methods.

5. Develop and improve a positive attitude toward diversity in religious background, political thinking, and decision making processes.

Materials

There is only one required book for this class:

• Norris, Pippa, and Ronald Inglehart. 2008. Sacred and Secular: Religion and Politics

Worldwide. New York, N.Y.: Cambridge University Press NI

Additional required readings will be made available either through Blackboard or the EKU Library.

Requirements and Policies

Grading

3 Reaction Papers 30%Participation 20%Midterm 20%Final 30%

Total 100% Bonus assignment 10% Grading Scale

A 90-100% B 81-89% C 70-80% D 60-69%

F 0–59%

CAA Page 189

3

Reaction Papers

You will write three medium length reaction papers (3-4 single-space pages) that outline your reactions to the week’s readings. You can choose any three weeks. The papers are due by 9:00 a.m. on Monday of the corresponding week, and should be sent to me by e-mail. Please use the Chicago style citation, Helvetica 12-point font, and 1-inch margins on all sides. Both the format and substance of the papers will be graded. You cannot submit a reaction paper retroactively.

These papers are meant to improve discussions in two ways: first, by forcing you to think in a more organized way about the readings and their implications; and second, by allowing me to get a preview of your thoughts prior to class and organizing the discussion around them.

The papers may focus on how the readings relate to each other (relating to the previous weeks’ readings is always welcome), and what they tell us about the role of religion in politics, and lines of future research. You should also consider what questions these readings leave unanswered, and whether they point to new directions for future research. You will be asked to present one of your reaction papers at the end of the semester. It will be assessed as part of your participation grade.

Participation (not attendance)

This class will be conducted as a seminar, meaning that I will spend very little time lecturing. Instead, we will spend our time discussing the readings, their strengths and weaknesses, and how they relate to each other. So, you are expected to have digested the reading material assigned for that week. Come to class prepared to discuss and debate it. The more prepared you are for each class meeting, the better our discussions will be. Just attending class will not grant any points. In short, do the reading (all of it, every time), come to class (every time), and participate.

One way of improving your participation grade would be to volunteer for a presentation topic I may suggest throughout the semester.

Midterm and Final

The midterm and final will include both short and long answer questions, and it will be cumulative. The tests will include questions from both the readings (whether or not they are covered during lectures) and the lectures. The lectures may include additional information not covered in the readings. I may not cover everything in class. Nevertheless you are responsible for everything in the readings. No study guides will be provided. So, attend class, take notes, and study well in advance. Bonus Assignment

There is one bonus assignment in this class. It requires you to take a trip to a worship place that does not practice your religious tradition, and attend a worship service. For example, if you are a Christian (Catholic, Protestant, Orthodox, Mormon, non-denominational ...etc.), you may go to a synagogue, mosque, Buddhist or Hindu Temple or any other non-Christian worship place, and attend a service. If you’re a non-believer, you may choose to go to any worship place you want. I’d recommend contacting the community you are planning to visit ahead to see whether a visitor

CAA Page 190

4

is welcome during their service. You can find a list of worship places in Lexington at: http://tinyurl.com/lexworshipplaces.

Please take a photo of yourself outside the worship place, and attach a two-page report (single spaced, Helvetica 12-point font, and 1-inch margins) that outlines your experience, and its relation to our course materials.

Remember that this is not a required assignment. It is completely voluntary. If you’d like your grade to be assessed out of 110 rather than 100, this is an assignment for you.

Attendance

Experience has shown that students who regularly attend class generally perform better in the class. Students should make every effort to attend every class meeting. In the case of an excused absence with proper documentation, extended deadlines or alternate activities will be provided for any graded activities. However, these accommodations do not always provide equivalent learning opportunities. For the purposes of this course, “excused absences” include verifiable medical or family emergencies, university approved activities (accompanied by a university excuse), illness (your or a family member’s), and other absences as outlined in the University’s “Student Absence from Class” policy. Students must be prepared to document the reasons for absence.

Study Guides and Extra Credit

I will NOT provide a study guide or offer extra credit to any students. There are no exceptions to this rule. Class Specific Policies

Make-up

Except for properly and officially documented university excused absences (please see the description in the “attendance section”) no make-up work will be accepted. A make-up test for such extraordinary and extenuating circumstances will be given under these conditions :

• A make-up for any test will be taken by the student just after the final test. Make-ups for the

midterm will include a long answer question, and it will be cumulative. The grade obtained

on the make-up test will be treated as the grade obtained for the unattended test. The grade

from this make-up will cover all missed tests/assignments.

• Make-up for the final exam: EKU policies and procedures will apply. • These make-up policies are non-negotiable.

Use of Electronics

Unless you are registered with the Office of Services for Individuals with Disabilities which requires otherwise, you are NOT allowed to use any electronic devices during class sessions, midterms, presentations, or the final. These include laptops, Apple Watches, smart phones (all brands, all models), tablets (all brands, all models), PDAs, e-book readers (all brands, all models),

CAA Page 191

5

MP3 players (all brands, all models), and all other handheld devices (all brands, all models, and all types).

General Policies

All University policies are in full force and effect in this course.

Official Email

An official EKU e-mail is established for each registered student, each faculty member, and each staff member. All university communications sent via e-mail will be sent to this EKU e-mail address. I reserve the right not to answer emails lacking an appropriate salutation, grammar, punctuation, and ending.

Academic Integrity Students are advised that EKU’s Academic Integrity Policy will be strictly enforced in this course. The Academic Integrity policy is available at http://www.academicintegrity.eku.edu/.

Disability Accommodation Statement

A student with a “disability” may be an individual with a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities such as learning, seeing or hearing. Additionally, pregnancy accompanied by related medical conditions that causes a similar substantial limitation may also be considered a disability under the ADA.

If you are registered with the Office of Services for Individuals with Disabilities, please obtain your accommodation letters from OSID and present them to the course instructor to discuss any academic accommodations you need. If you believe you need accommodation and are not registered with OSID, please contact the office in the Whitlock Building Room 361, by email at [email protected] or by telephone at (859) 622-2933. Upon individual request, this syllabus can be made available in an alternative format.

The Department of Government is located in Beckham Hall, a historic building on campus that is not handicapped accessible. Alternative meeting locations are available for those students who are unable to access the building. Please notify me of your need and I will arrange an alternative meeting location.

Sensitive Class Content Statement

Please be aware that this course contains graphic materials depicting explicit violence/sexual acts. Students who feel uncomfortable about reading and discussing these topics in class should contact the instructor for more information.

Schedule2 2Ireservetherighttomodifythescheduleandreadingsaschangesbecomenecessary.

CAA Page 192

6

Date Topic Reading Week 1 Aug. 25 Introduction Syllabus, Survey Taking Aug. 27 Introduction Analysis of the Survey Week 2 Sep. 1 Understanding Secularism I NI ch. 1 Sep. 3 Understanding Secularism I NI ch. 1 (cont’d) Week 3 Sep. 8 Research Design I Principles Sep. 10 Research Design II Statistics Week 4 Sep. 15 Measuring Secularism I NI ch. 2 Sep. 17 Measuring Secularism II NI ch. 3 Week 5 Sep. 22 Secularization in the West I NI ch. 4 Sep. 24 Secularization in the West I NI ch. 4 (cont’d) Week 6 Sep. 29 Religion in the U.S. Wald and Calhoun-Brown

(2014, ch.2) (BB) Oct. 1 Microfoundational Theory Iannaccone (1994) (JSTOR)Week 7 Oct. 6 Mitt in the 2012 Election Campbell, Green and

Monson (2014, ch.9) (BB) Oct. 8 Midterm Week 8 Oct. 13 No class Fall Break Oct. 15 Midterm Review Week 9 Oct. 20 Religion in Eastern Europe I NI ch. 5 Oct. 22 Religion in Eastern Europe

II NI ch. 5 (cont’d)

Week 10 Oct. 27 Religion in Latin America I Gill (1994) (JSTOR) Oct. 29 Religion in Latin America II Trejo (2009) (JSTOR) Week 11 Nov. 3 Religion in the Middle East NI ch. 6 Nov. 5 American Minority

Religions Wald and Calhoun-Brown (2014, ch.10)

Week 12 Nov. 10 Muslims in Europe Sniderman and Hagendoorn

(2007, ch.3) (BB) Nov. 12 Religion and Participation NI ch. 8

CAA Page 193

7

Week 13 Nov. 17 Religion & Behavior I NI ch. 9 Nov. 19 Religion & Behavior II Campbell, Green and

Layman (2011) (JSTOR) Week 14 Nov. 24 Secularization’s

Consequences NI ch. 10

Nov. 26 No Class Thanksgiving Week 15 Dec.1 Reaction Paper

Presentations

Dec.3 Reaction Paper Presentations

The final exam will be given on the date and time indicated on EKU’s final exam schedule found on Colonel’s Compass.

References

Campbell, David E., John C. Green and Goe↵rey C. Layman. 2011. “The Party Faithful: Partisan Images, Candidate Religion, and the Electoral Impact of Party Identification.” American Journal of Political Science 55(1):42–58.

Campbell, David E, John C Green and J Quin Monson. 2014. Seeking the Promised Land: Mormons and American Politics. Cambridge University Press.

Gill, Anthony J. 1994. “Rendering unto Caesar? Religious competition and Catholic political strategy in Latin America, 1962-79.” American Journal of Political Science pp. 403–425.

Iannaccone, Laurence R. 1994. “Why Strict Churches Are Strong.” American Journal of Sociology pp. 1180–1211.

Sniderman, Paul and Louk Hagendoorn. 2007. “When Ways of Life Collide: Multiculturalism and Its Discontent in the Netherlands.”.

Trejo, Guillermo. 2009. “Religious Competition and Ethnic Mobilization in Latin America: Why the Catholic Church Promotes Indigenous Movements in Mexico.” American Political Science Review 103(03):323–342.

Wald, Kenneth D and Allison Calhoun-Brown. 2014. Religion and Politics in the United States. Rowman & Littlefield.

CAA Page 194


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Languages, Cultures and Humanities New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts & Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title X New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Minor in Japanese Language and Culture Program Suspension (Part III) __ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 9/26/15 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 10/19/15 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* _________NA__________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Approve new minor in Japanese language and culture. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: Due to Japan’s global economic interconnectedness, Japanese linguistic and cultural competencies are highly employable skills. This program will enable students to live, work and study in Japan or find employment at one of the many Japanese companies, NGO’s and governmental organizations worldwide, or at home in the US. Japanese investment and employment in Kentucky in particular is the highest of any nation operating in the commonwealth. Students completing this minor will be qualified to apply for many graduate programs in Japanese, and there are a growing number of positions for Japanese language teachers K-12 and university level in the commonwealth. This minor will also enhance our active and expanding exchange programs with several Japanese universities, and grow the number of upper level courses available for students who wish develop advanced language skills. Students will earn 18 credit hours in intermediate and advanced Japanese language, and 3 credit hours in Japanese culture and civilization. Upon completing the minor, students will also be encouraged to take the Japanese Language Proficiency Test (http://www.jlpt.jp/e/) which provides an internationally recognized and respected standard for proficiency in Japanese.


Personnel Impact: None.

Operating Expenses Impact: None.

Equipment/Physical Facility Needs: None.

Library Resources: None.

CAA Page 195

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

WITHDRAWN





MINOR IN JAPANESE LANGUAGE AND CULTURE

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 hours

A student may minor in Japanese by completing a minimum of 18 hours in Japanese, 9 hours of which must be numbered JPN 201 or above; and 9 hours with the JPN prefix numbered 300 and above. A grade of “C” or higher is required in each course for credit toward the minor. [Students entering the program with two or more years of high school Japanese should take JPN 201, 202 or 207 and 9 hours with the JPN prefix numbered 300 and above. Students entering the program with no previous Japanese should take JPN 101, 102, 201, 202, 207 or 295 and 9 hours of Japanese with the JPN prefix numbered 300 and above.]

Supporting Course Requirements: . . . . . . . . . . 3 hours FCC 227

Total Curriculum Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 hours

CAA Page 196


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Languages, Cultures and Humanities X New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts & Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number JPN 207 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Japanese for Work and Study New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) __ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information




A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Add a new course, JPN 207, to Catalog. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: The department is proposing four new courses in Japanese to create a minor in Japanese. This course will create opportunities for students to study Japanese beyond the lower intermediate level.






CAA Page 197

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

WITHDRAWN

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out





JPN 207 Japanese for Work and Study. (3) A. Prerequisite: JPN 202 or equivalent proficiency with departmental approval. Active development of skills and strategies for functional fluency in Japanese in real cultural contexts.




CAA Page 198





JPN 207 Fall 2016 AS X HS DLCH BT JS ED UP


3 Lecture x Laboratory Other Cip Code (first two digits only) 16




1 N FR JR W SO SR Grading Information: Course is




requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. JPN 202 or equivalent proficiency with departmental

approval Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)







CAA Page 199

Eastern Kentucky University Department of Languages, Cultures and Humanities

JPN 207 Japanese for work and study 3 Credit Hours; Fall 2016, [CRN XXXXX]

Professor Contact Information: C. Michael Rich 352 Case Annex 2-2255 email: [email protected] Office Hours: MWF 1:15-2:15, TR 1:45-2:45 Course Description: JPN 207 Japanese for Work and Study. (3) A. Prerequisite: JPN 202 or equivalent proficiency. Active development of skills and strategies for functional fluency in Japanese in real cultural contexts.

Student Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate the ability to:

1. Use Japanese to discuss academic and workplace topics. 2. Practice situational language strategies. 3. Use correct basic structures and appropriate vocabulary in oral and written description

and discussion of political, cultural and economic topics. 4. Communicate orally with good pronunciation and appropriate vocabulary and sentence

structure. 5. Adjust speaking styles to suit different audiences.

Required Text: Genki II, text and workbook, Japan Times Evaluation Methods: The above learning outcomes are assessed according to a weighted scale as described below. A student’s final grade will be the sum of all points earned according to this scale. 90 points and above – A 80 points and above – B 70 points and above - C 60 points and above – D Below 60 points – F Class Participation: 20 points This includes coming to class on time, text in hand, ready to speak, write, listen and read in Japanese, and cooperate in group activities with fellow classmates. Please do not eat or use cell phones in class. Please be courteous to your instructor and fellow classmates. If you are lost, let

CAA Page 200

[JPN 207] Syllabus Page 2 of 4

me or a fellow student know at once! Don’t let yourself fall behind by allowing yourself to remain confused. (SLO 1-5) Quizzes: 20 points We will have a short quiz at least once a week. These quiz scores will be totaled at the end of the semester and calculated as a percentage which will determine your final Quiz grade. (SLO 1, 3) Midterm: 10 points Midterm will include ALL material covered in class up to that point. (SLO 1, 3) Presentation: 20 points Each student will submit a written presentation ahead of time to be revised and presented orally in class. Group or individual presentations are acceptable, but every student must speak for at least ten minutes. (SLO 1-5) Homework: 20 points Homework must be turned in on day indicated on schedule below. Late assignments will be deducted 10 per cent per day late, up to a maximum of 30% (so it is still better to do your homework, even if it is weeks late) Most homework assignments will be from the workbook accompanying the text. (SLO 3) Final Exam: 10 points A comprehensive test on everything covered during the semester. SLO 1-5) Attendance Policy: Students are expected to attend class and participate actively. Language courses require participation to attain the full benefit of proficiency. Any missed work must be made up within one week of the missed date and a justification of absence is required for a missed quiz or test. All students are allowed three unexcused absences during the semester. For each additional unexcused absence, the student's final grade will be lowered by five points. For the purposes of this course, "excused absences" include verifiable medical or family emergencies, university approved activities (accompanied by a university excuse), documentable illness (yours or your child's) and other unforeseen circumstances that the instructor deems to be reasonable excuses for an absence. Students should be prepared to document the reasons for excused absences. EKU employs a 'use it or lose it' policy. If you are unable to attend the first day of class, you must contact your instructor prior to that date or you WILL be dropped from the class. Last Date to Drop the Course/Important Dates: Deadlines for add/drop, and refunds can be found at http://colonelscompass.eku.edu/. Disability Statement:

CAA Page 201


A student with a “disability” may be an individual with a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities such as learning, seeing or hearing. Additionally, pregnancy or a related medical condition that causes a similar substantial limitation may also be considered a disability under the ADA. If you are registered with the Office of Services for Individuals with Disabilities, please obtain your accommodation letters from the OSID and present them to the course instructor to discuss any academic accommodations you need. If you believe you need accommodation and are not registered with the OSID, please contact the office in the Whitlock Building Room 361 by email at [email protected] or by telephone at (859) 622-2933. Upon individual request, this syllabus can be made available in an alternative format.

Academic Integrity Statement: Students are advised that EKU’s Academic Integrity policy will strictly be enforced in this course. The Academic Integrity policy is available at www.academicintegrity.eku.edu.Questions regarding the policy may be directed to the Office of Academic Integrity. Official E-mail: An official EKU e-mail is established for each registered student, each faculty member, and each staff member. All university communications sent via e-mail will be sent to this EKU e-mail address. Course Outline: 月曜日水曜日金曜日 8/29 Begin Ch 19 8/31 Ch 19 practice 9/2 Quiz 1 Ch 19 kanji 9/5 Labor Day (no class) 9/7 Ch 19 practice 9/9 Ch 19 practice 9/12 ch 19 practice 9/14 Ch 19 practice 9/16 Quiz 2 Ch 19 grammar

and vocab 9/19 Begin Ch 20 Due: ch 19 HW

9/21 Ch 20 practice 9/23 Quiz 3 ch 20 kanji

9/26 ch 20 practice 9/28 ch 20 practice 9/30 Quiz 4 ch 20 grammar and vocab

10/3 ch 20 practice 10/5 ch 20 practice 10/7 Midterm

10/10 Fall Break No Class 10/12 Begin Ch 21 Due: Ch 20 HW

10/14 Quiz Ch 21 kanji

10/17 Ch 21 practice 10/19 ch 21 practice 10/21 Quiz Ch 21 grammar and vocab

CAA Page 202


10/24 Ch 21 practice 10/26 ch 21 practice 10/28 Quiz ch 21 grammar and vocab

10/31 Begin ch 22 Due: ch 21 HW

11/2 ch 22 practice 11/4 Quiz Ch 22 kanji

11/7 ch 22 practice 11/9 ch 22 practice 11/11 Quiz ch 22 vocab and grammar

11/14 ch 22 practice 11/16 ch 22 practice 11/18 Quiz ch 22 vocab and kanji

11/21 Begin Ch 23 Due: ch 22 HW

11/23 Thanksgiving (no class)

11/25 Thanksgiving (no class)

11/28 ch 23 practice 11/30 ch 23 practice 12/2 Quiz ch 23 kanji 12/5 ch 23 practice 12/7 ch 23 practice 12/9 student presentations Final Exam TBA Due: all HW

CAA Page 203


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Languages, Cultures and Humanities x New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts & Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number JPN 305 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Gateway to Advanced Japanese I New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) __ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information




A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Add a new course, JPN 305, to Catalog. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) FALL 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: We are proposing four new courses in Japanese in order to create a minor in Japanese. This course will help students achieve proficiency in upper-level Japanese for work and study.






CAA Page 204

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

WITHDRAWN





JPN 305 Gateway to Advanced Japanese I. (3) A. Prerequisite: JPN 207 or equivalent proficiency with departmental approval. Taught in Japanese. Focus on reading, conversing and writing about Japanese culture, geography, economy and technology.




CAA Page 205





JPN 305 Fall 2016 AS x HS DLCH BT JS ED UP





Grading Mode*

Class Restriction, if any: (undergraduate only)





requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. JPN 207 or equivalent proficiency with departmental approval Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)







CAA Page 206


JPN 305 Gateway to Advanced Japanese I 3 Credit Hours; Spring 2016 [CRN XXXXX]

Professor Contact Information: C. Michael Rich Case Annex 352 (859) 622-2255 email: [email protected] Office Hours: Case Annex 352, MWF 1:15-2:15, TR 1:45-2:45 Course Description:

JPN 305 Gateway to Advanced Japanese I. (3) A. Prerequisite: JPN 207 or equivalent proficiency with approval. Taught in Japanese. Focus on reading, conversing and writing about Japanese culture, geography, economy and technology.


1. Use Japanese to discuss and debate differing viewpoints. 2. Read about, and discuss in Japanese current social and political issues. 3. Write effectively and expressively for a variety of situations, including personal and

business letters, email, and life events such as weddings and funerals, etc. 4. Use formal and informal language appropriately. 5. Develop knowledge in Japanese about academic subjects

Required Text: Tobira, Gateway to Advanced Japanese Learning through content and multimedia, Kurosio Publishers ISBN: 978-4-87424-447-0 Evaluation Methods: The above learning outcomes are assessed according to a weighted scale as described below. A student’s final grade will be the sum of all points earned according to this scale. 90 points and above – A 80 points and above – B 70 points and above - C 60 points and above – D Below 60 points – F Participation: 20 points Come to class on time, text in hand, ready to speak, write, listen and participate in group activities in Japanese. You may not use cell phones during class. (SLO 1-5) Quizzes: 20 points Generally every Friday on kanji, grammar and vocab

CAA Page 207


Midterm: 10 points Covers the first three chapters of the semester Presentation: 20 points Each student will first submit a written presentation which will be returned for revision and presented to class. You may refer to notes while presenting, but the presentation may not be read entirely from a script, and should be at least 10 minutes long, entirely in Japanese. If done in a group, each student should have at least 10 minutes of speaking. Homework: 20 points Written assignments on the content of each chapter will be collected every three weeks. Please see schedule for due dates Final exam: 10 points Cumulative, but focusing on the final two or three chapters covered in the semester Attendance Policy: Students are expected to attend class and participate actively. Language courses require participation to attain the full benefit of proficiency. Any missed work must be made up within one week of the missed date and a justification of absence is required for a missed quiz or test. All students are allowed three unexcused absences during the semester. For each additional unexcused absence, the student's final grade will be lowered by five points. For the purposes of this course, "excused absences" include verifiable medical or family emergencies, university approved activities (accompanied by a university excuse), documentable illness (yours or your child's) and other unforeseen circumstances that the instructor deems to be reasonable excuses for an absence. Students should be prepared to document the reasons for excused absences. EKU employs a 'use it or lose it' policy. If you are unable to attend the first day of class, you must contact your instructor prior to that date or you WILL be dropped from the class. Last Date to Drop the Course/Important Dates: Deadlines for add/drop, and refunds can be found at http://colonelscompass.eku.edu/. Disability Statement: A student with a “disability” may be an individual with a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities such as learning, seeing or hearing. Additionally, pregnancy or a related medical condition that causes a similar substantial limitation may also be considered a disability under the ADA. If you are registered with the Office of Services for Individuals with Disabilities, please obtain your accommodation letters from the OSID and present them to the course instructor

CAA Page 208


to discuss any academic accommodations you need. If you believe you need accommodation and are not registered with the OSID, please contact the office in the Whitlock Building Room 361 by email at [email protected] or by telephone at (859) 622-2933. Upon individual request, this syllabus can be made available in an alternative format.

Academic Integrity Statement: Students are advised that EKU’s Academic Integrity policy will strictly be enforced in this course. The Academic Integrity policy is available at www.academicintegrity.eku.edu.Questions regarding the policy may be directed to the Office of Academic Integrity. Official E-mail: An official EKU e-mail is established for each registered student, each faculty member, and each staff member. All university communications sent via e-mail will be sent to this EKU e-mail address. Course Outline: 月曜日水曜日金曜日 1/18 MLK Jr. Day 1/20 Begin Ch 1 日本の地理 1/22 Quiz 1 Ch 1 kanji 1/25 Practice reading pp 4-5 1/27 Practice reading pp 13 1/29 Quiz 2 vocab and

grammar 2/1 Practice dialogue pp 8-9 2/3 Practice dialogue pp 13 2/5 Quiz 3 vocab and

grammar 2/8 Begin Ch 2 日本語の

スピーチスタイル Due: Ch 1 written assignment

2/10 practice reading pp 28-29

2/12 Quiz 4 Ch 2 kanji



2/19 Quiz 5 ch 2 vocab and grammar

2/22 practice dialogue pp 34-35


2/27 Midterm

2/29 Begin ch 3 日本のテク

ノロジ Due: ch 2 written assignment

3/2 Practice reading pp 56-57 3/4 Quiz 6 ch 3 kanji

3/7 practice ch 3 reading pp 58



3/14 spring break 3/16 spring break 3/18 spring break 3/21 practice ch 3 pp 65-66 3/23 Practice ch 3 pp 67 3/25 Quiz 8 ch 3 vocab and

grammar

CAA Page 209


3/28 Begin ch 4 日本のス

ポーツ Due: ch 3 written assignment

3/30 practice ch 4 pp 79-80 4/1 Quiz 9 ch 4 kanji

4/4 practice ch 4 p 86 4/6 practice dialogue pp83-84 4/8 Quiz 10 ch 4 vocab and grammar

4/11 practice ch 4 pp 86-87 4/13 practice dialogue pp 88 4/15 Quiz 11 ch 4 vocab and grammar

4/18 Begin ch 5 日本の食べ

物 Due: ch 4 written assignment


4/22 Quiz 12 ch 5 kanji


4/27 practice reading pp 113 4/29 Quiz 13 ch 5 vocab and grammar

5/2 student presentations 5/4 student presentations 5/6 student presentations Final exam: TBA

CAA Page 210


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Languages, Cultures and Humanities x New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts & Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number JPN 306 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Gateway to Advanced Japanese II New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) __ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information











CAA Page 211

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

WITHDRAWN

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out





JPN 306 Gateway to Advanced Japanese II. (3) A. Prerequisite: JPN 305 or equivalent proficiency with departmental approval. Taught in Japanese. Focus on reading, conversing and writing about Japanese pop culture, religion, education and commerce.




CAA Page 212





JPN 306 Fall 2016 AS X HS DLCH BT JS ED UP





Grading Mode*






requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. JPN 305 or equivalent proficiency with departmental








CAA Page 213


JPN 306 Gateway to Advanced Japanese II 3 Credit Hours; Fall 2016, [CRN XXXXX]

Professor Contact Information: C. Michael Rich 352 Case Annex 2-2255 email: [email protected] Office Hours: MWF 1:15-2:15, TR 1:45-2:45 Course Description: JPN 306 Gateway to Advanced Japanese II. (3) A. Prerequisite: JPN 305 or equivalent proficiency with departmental approval. Taught in Japanese. Focus on reading, conversing and writing about Japanese pop culture, religion, education and commerce. Student Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate the ability to:

1. Use Japanese to discuss societal, political and economic issues. 2. Practice situational language strategies. 3. Develop skills in formal written Japanese. 4. Communicate orally using complex sentence structures. 5. Demonstrate cultural proficiency through use of different speaking and writing styles.

Required Text: Tobira, Gateway to advanced Japanese, Learning through content and media, Kurosio Publishers Evaluation Methods: The above learning outcomes are assessed according to a weighted scale as described below. A student’s final grade will be the sum of all points earned according to this scale. 90 points and above – A 80 points and above – B 70 points and above - C 60 points and above – D Below 60 points – F Class Participation: 20 points This includes coming to class on time, text in hand, ready to speak, write, listen and read in Japanese, and cooperate in group activities with fellow classmates. Please do not eat or use cell phones in class. Please be courteous to your instructor and fellow classmates. If you are lost, let me or a fellow student know at once! Don’t let yourself fall behind by allowing yourself to remain confused. (SLO 1-5)

CAA Page 214


Quizzes: 20 points We will have a short quiz at least once a week. These quiz scores will be totaled at the end of the semester and calculated as a percentage which will determine your final Quiz grade. (SLO 1, 3) Midterm: 10 points Midterm will include ALL material covered in class up to that point. (SLO 1, 3) Presentations: 20 points Each student will first submit a written presentation which will be revised by the student and presented to the class. You may make use of notes or slides for reference, but you cannot simply read them. Each student must speak at least 10 minutes. Group presentations are also acceptable.. (SLO 1-5) Homework: 20 points Written assignments will be collected at the end of every chapter. (SLO 3) Final Exam: 10 points A comprehensive test on everything covered during the semester. SLO 1-5) Attendance Policy: Students are expected to attend class and participate actively. Language courses require participation to attain the full benefit of proficiency. Any missed work must be made up within one week of the missed date and a justification of absence is required for a missed quiz or test. All students are allowed three unexcused absences during the semester. For each additional unexcused absence, the student's final grade will be lowered by five points. For the purposes of this course, "excused absences" include verifiable medical or family emergencies, university approved activities (accompanied by a university excuse), documentable illness (yours or your child's) and other unforeseen circumstances that the instructor deems to be reasonable excuses for an absence. Students should be prepared to document the reasons for excused absences. EKU employs a 'use it or lose it' policy. If you are unable to attend the first day of class, you must contact your instructor prior to that date or you WILL be dropped from the class. Last Date to Drop the Course/Important Dates: Deadlines for add/drop, and refunds can be found at http://colonelscompass.eku.edu/. Disability Statement: A student with a “disability” may be an individual with a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities such as learning, seeing or hearing. Additionally, pregnancy or a related medical condition that causes a similar substantial limitation may also be considered a disability under the ADA.

CAA Page 215


If you are registered with the Office of Services for Individuals with Disabilities, please obtain your accommodation letters from the OSID and present them to the course instructor to discuss any academic accommodations you need. If you believe you need accommodation and are not registered with the OSID, please contact the office in the Whitlock Building Room 361 by email at [email protected] or by telephone at (859) 622-2933. Upon individual request, this syllabus can be made available in an alternative format.

Academic Integrity Statement: Students are advised that EKU’s Academic Integrity policy will strictly be enforced in this course. The Academic Integrity policy is available at www.academicintegrity.eku.edu.Questions regarding the policy may be directed to the Office of Academic Integrity. Official E-mail: An official EKU e-mail is established for each registered student, each faculty member, and each staff member. All university communications sent via e-mail will be sent to this EKU e-mail address. Course Outline: 月曜日水曜日金曜日 8/29 Begin Ch 6 日本人と宗

教 8/31 Ch 6 practice reading pp 133 , 139


9/5 Labor Day 9/7 Ch 6 practice dialogue pp 135-136

9/9 Ch 6 practice dialogue pp 139-141

9/12 ch 6 practice pp 149 9/14 ch 6 review 9/16 Quiz 2 ch 6 grammar and vocab

9/19 Begin Ch 7 日本のポッ

プカルチャ Due: ch 6 HW

9/21 Ch 7 reading pp 153-154 9/23 Quiz 3 ch 7 kanji

9/26 ch 7 reading pp 157-160 9/28 practice dialogue p 163-164


10/3 ch 7 pp 167-168 10/5 ch 7 pp pp 169 10/7 Midterm 10/10 Fall Break 10/12 Begin ch 8 日本の伝

統芸能 Due: ch 7 HW

10/14 ch 8 practice reading pp 179-181

10/17 Ch 8 practice dialogue pp 184-185

10/19 ch 8 practice pp 187-188

10/21 Quiz 5 Ch kanji

10/24 Ch 8 practice pp 190, 198

10/26 ch 8 review 10/28 Quiz 6 ch 8 grammar and vocab

CAA Page 216


10/31 Begin ch 9 日本の教

育 Due: ch 8 HW



11/7 ch 9 practice reading p 210

11/9 ch 9 practice dialogue pp 207-208


11/14 practice ch 9 pp 211-212

11/16 ch 9 practice pp 213 11/18 Quiz 9 ch 9 vocab and grammar

11/21 Begin Ch 10 日本の便

利な店 Due: ch 9 HW

11/23 Thanksgiving holiday 11/25 Thanksgiving holiday


11/30 ch 10 practice reading p 232




12/9 student presentations

Final Exam TBA Due: any remaining HW

CAA Page 217


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Languages, Cultures and Humanities x New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts & Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number JPN 310 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Topics in Japanese Culture:_____ New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) __ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information











CAA Page 218

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

WITHDRAWN





JPN 310 Topics in Japanese Culture:_____. (3) A. Prerequisite: JPN 305 or 306 or equivalent proficiency with departmental approval. Taught in Japanese. Focus on reading, conversing and writing about Japanese history, traditional arts, nature and politics. May be retaken to a maximum of nine hours if content is different.




CAA Page 219





JPN 310 Fall 2016 AS x HS DLCH BT JS ED UP





Grading Mode*






requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. JPN 305 or 306 or equivalent proficiency with departmental








NOTE: Do not forward validation tables with curriculum form.

(*Use Validation Tables.)

CAA Page 220


JPN 310 Topics in Japanese Culture:______ 3 Credit Hours; Spring 2016 [CRN XXXXX]

Professor Contact Information: C. Michael Rich Case Annex 352 (859) 622-2255 email: [email protected] Office Hours: Case Annex 352, MWF 1:15-2:15, TR 1:45-2:45 Course Description:

JPN 310 Topics in Japanese Culture:_____. (3) A. Prerequisite: JPN 306 or equivalent proficiency with departmental approval. Taught in Japanese. Focus on reading, conversing and writing about Japanese history, traditional arts, nature and politics. May be retaken to a maximum of nine hours if content is different.


1. Use Japanese to discuss and write about differing viewpoints. 2. Conduct research on topics related to contemporary or premodern Japan. 3. Make presentations in Japanese in formal and informal contexts. 4. Debate and discuss controversial topics. 5. Understand Japanese language in historical and linguistic contexts.

Required Text: Tobira, Gateway to Advanced Japanese Learning through content and multimedia, Kurosio Publishers ISBN: 978-4-87424-447-0 Evaluation Methods: The above learning outcomes are assessed according to a weighted scale as described below. A student’s final grade will be the sum of all points earned according to this scale. 90 points and above – A 80 points and above – B 70 points and above - C 60 points and above – D Below 60 points – F Participation: 20 points Come to class on time, text in hand, ready to speak, write, listen and participate in group activities in Japanese. You may not use cell phones during class. (SLO 1-5) Quizzes: 20 points Generally every Friday on kanji, grammar and vocab

CAA Page 221


Midterm: 10 points Covers the first three chapters of the semester Presentation: 20 points Each student will first submit a written presentation which will be returned for revision and presented to class. You may refer to notes while presenting, but the presentation may not be read entirely from a script, and should be at least 10 minutes long, entirely in Japanese. If done in a group, each student should have at least 10 minutes of speaking. Homework: 20 points Written assignments on the content of each chapter will be collected every three weeks. Please see schedule for due dates Final exam: 10 points Cumulative, but focusing on the final two or three chapters covered in the semester Attendance Policy: Students are expected to attend class and participate actively. Language courses require participation to attain the full benefit of proficiency. Any missed work must be made up within one week of the missed date and a justification of absence is required for a missed quiz or test. All students are allowed three unexcused absences during the semester. For each additional unexcused absence, the student's final grade will be lowered by five points. For the purposes of this course, "excused absences" include verifiable medical or family emergencies, university approved activities (accompanied by a university excuse), documentable illness (yours or your child's) and other unforeseen circumstances that the instructor deems to be reasonable excuses for an absence. Students should be prepared to document the reasons for excused absences. EKU employs a 'use it or lose it' policy. If you are unable to attend the first day of class, you must contact your instructor prior to that date or you WILL be dropped from the class. Last Date to Drop the Course/Important Dates: Deadlines for add/drop, and refunds can be found at http://colonelscompass.eku.edu/. Disability Statement: A student with a “disability” may be an individual with a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities such as learning, seeing or hearing. Additionally, pregnancy or a related medical condition that causes a similar substantial limitation may also be considered a disability under the ADA.

CAA Page 222



Academic Integrity Statement: Students are advised that EKU’s Academic Integrity policy will strictly be enforced in this course. The Academic Integrity policy is available at www.academicintegrity.eku.edu.Questions regarding the policy may be directed to the Office of Academic Integrity. Official E-mail: An official EKU e-mail is established for each registered student, each faculty member, and each staff member. All university communications sent via e-mail will be sent to this EKU e-mail address. Course Outline: 月曜日水曜日金曜日 1/18 MLK Jr. Day 1/20 Begin Ch 11 日本の歴

史 1/22 Quiz 1 Ch 11 kanji

1/25 practice ch 11 reading pp 245-246

1/27 Practice reading pp 253 1/29 Quiz 2 vocab and grammar

2/1 Practice dialogue pp 249-251


2/5 Quiz 3 vocab and grammar

2/8 Begin Ch 12 日本語の

伝統工芸 Due: Ch 11 written assignment



2/15 practice reading pp 278 2/17 practice dialogue pp 274-275


2/22 practice dialogue pp 279 2/24 practice dialogue pp 280 2/26 Midterm

2/29 Begin ch 13 日本人と

自然 Due: ch 12 written assignment

3/2 Practice reading pp 292 3/4 Quiz 6 ch 13 kanji

CAA Page 223


3/7 practice ch 13 reading pp 295-296



3/14 spring break 3/16 spring break 3/18 spring break 3/21 practice dialogue pp 299-300



3/28 Begin ch 14 日本の政

治 Due: ch 13 written assignment



4/4 practice ch 14 p 325 4/6 practice dialogue pp 321-323


4/11 practice ch 14 pp 326-327

4/13 practice pp 328-329 4/15 Quiz 11 ch 14 vocab and grammar

4/18 Begin ch 15 世界と私

の国の未来 Due: ch 14 written assignment






5/2 student presentations 5/4 student presentations 5/6 student presentations Final exam: TBA

CAA Page 224


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Languages, Cultures & Humanities New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts & Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Bachelor of Arts in French Program Suspension (Part III) __X Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information




A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Revise courses required for completion of the B.A. in French, as a result of dropped/new courses. Strike references to FRE 301, 302, 313, 314, 315, 340, 360; add FCC 210, FRE 305, 310, 340, 350, 360, 380, 410, and 430. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: In Spring 2015, we revised the course offerings in French; and as such, need to revise prerequisites, requirements, and other language to reflect the new courses.






CAA Page 225

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Pending

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

12/7/15




BACHELOR OF ARTS (B.A.)

FRENCH CIP Code: 16.0901

UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

• General Education …………………………...............36 hours • Student Success Seminar (ASO 100; waived for transfers with 30+ hrs.)………......................................1 hour • Wellness………………………………………….........3 hours • Writing Intensive Course (Hrs. incorporated into Major/ Supporting/Gen Ed/Free Electives

category) • Upper division courses (42 hrs. distributed throughout Major/ Supporting/Gen Ed/Free Electives

categories) • ACCT - French majors will fulfill ACCT with FRE 301 or FRE 302 FRE 380 or FRE 430 or a program approved study abroad experience and/or a test of

proficiency in four skills and cultural competency. (Credit hours are incorporated into program requirements below.)

Total Hours University Graduation Requirements ……40 hours

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS A grade of “C”or higher is required in each course for credit toward the major. Students must attain a 2.75 GPA in their major.

Core Courses.......................................................................33 hours FRE 340, 360; FCC 220 or FCC 210 (with a topic related to the French-speaking world); 6 hrs from FRE 301, 302, 305, 310, 312, 380, or 430 313, 314, or 315; 6 hrs from FRE 340, 350, 360 or 410; 9 hrs of upper division electives with the FRE prefix; and 9 hrs in additional French courses with the FRE prefix numbered 200 and above.

Exit Requirement: Passing score on a departmental French proficiency exam which covers spoken and written language, culture, and literature.

Free Electives........................................................................47 hours TOTAL HOURS TO COMPLETE DEGREE..............120 hours

CAA Page 226


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Languages, Cultures & Humanities New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts & Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Bachelor of Arts in French/Teaching Program Suspension (Part III) __X Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 9/18/15 Council on Academic Affairs 11-19-2015 College Curriculum Committee 10/19/15 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** Teacher Education Committee* EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* _________NA__________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Revise courses required for completion of the B.A. in French/Teaching, as a result of dropped/new courses. Strike references to FRE 301, 302, 313, 314, 315, 340, 360; add FCC 210, FRE 305, 310, 340, 350, 360, 380, 410, and 430. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: In Spring 2015, we revised the course offerings in French; and as such, need to revise prerequisites, requirements, and other language to reflect the new courses.






McGeeR

Typewritten Text

12/1/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Pending

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

12-7-15




BACHELOR OF ARTS (B.A.)

FRENCH/TEACHING CIP Code: 13.1325

UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS • General Education …………………………...............36 hours • Student Success Seminar (ASO 100; waived for transfers with 30+ hrs.)………......................................1 hour • Wellness………………………………………….........3 hours • Writing Intensive Course (Hrs. incorporated into Major/ Supporting/Gen Ed/Free Electives

category) • Upper division courses (42 hrs. distributed throughout Major/ Supporting/Gen Ed/Free Electives

categories) • ACCT - French majors will fulfill ACCT with FRE 301 or FRE 302 FRE 380 or FRE 430 or a

program approved study abroad experience and/or a test of proficiency in four skills and cultural competency.

(Credit hours are incorporated into program requirements below.)

Total Hours University Graduation Requirements ……40 hours

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS A grade of “C”or higher is required in each course for credit toward the major. Students must attain a 2.75 GPA in their major.

Core Courses.......................................................................33 hours FRE 340, 360; FCC 220 or FCC 210 (with a topic related to the French-speaking world); 6 hrs from FRE 301, 302, 305, 310, 312, 380, or 430 313, 314, or 315; and 6 hrs from FRE 340, 350, 360 or 410; 9 hrs of upper division electives with the FRE prefix; and 9 hrs in additional French courses with the FRE prefix numbered 200 and above.

Professional Education Requirements............................40 hours EDF 203, 204(2), 219 or 219W, 413, EME 442, EMS 300W, 490, 474, ESE 543, SED 104 (ᴳElement 6), 402(2), and 12 credit hours of Clinical Experiences: CED 100(0.5), 200(0.5), 300(0.5), 400(0.5), 450(1), 499(9). ᴳ = Course also satisfies a General Education element. Hours are included within the 36 hours in General Education.

Free Electives.......................................................................7 hours TOTAL HOURS TO COMPLETE DEGREE..............120 hours


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Languages, Cultures & Humanities New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts & Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Minor in French Program Suspension (Part III) __X Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information




A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Revise courses required for completion of the French Minor as a result of dropped/new courses. Strike references to FRE 204 and 210, and add FRE 207. Revise Minor Title to “Minor in French Language and Culture”. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: We recently added and dropped a significant amount of upper-level French courses, and this change will reflect the new courses that have been added and those that have been dropped from the minor.






CAA Page 229

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Pending

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

12/7/15




MINOR IN FRENCH LANGUAGE AND CULTURE

Requirements................................................................. 18 hours

A student may minor in French by completing a minimum of 18 hours in French, 9 hours of which may include must be numbered FRE 201, 202, 204, 210 and/or 295 and above;. A minimum of and 9 hours must be in courses with the FRE prefix numbered 300 and above. A grade of “C” or higher is required in each course for credit toward the minor. [Students entering the program with two or more years of high school French should take FRE 201, 202, 204 or 210, 207 and 9 hours with the FRE prefix numbered 300 and above. of French at the 300 level or above. Students entering the program with no previous French should take FRE 101, 102, 201, 202, 204 or 210, 207 and 9 hours with the FRE prefix numbered 300 and above of French at the 300 level or above.]

Supporting Course Requirements............................... 3 hours FCC 220 or FCC 210 (with a topic related to the French-speaking world).

Total Curriculum Requirements ................................. 21 hours

CAA Page 230


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Languages, Cultures & Humanities New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts & Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Certificate in French Conversation and Culture Program Suspension (Part III) __X Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 9/18/15 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 10/19/15 Faculty Senate** General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** Pending Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* _________NA__________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Revise courses required for completion of the Certificate in French Conversation and Culture as a result of dropped/new courses. Strike references to FRE 204, 210, 310, 320, 350 and add FCC 210 and FRE 207. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: We recently added and dropped a significant amount of upper-level French courses, and this change will reflect the new courses that have been added and those that have been dropped from the certificate.






CAA Page 231

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

12/7/15




CERTIFICATE IN FRENCH CONVERSATION AND CULTURE

Prerequisites ...................................................................0-6 hours

FRE 101 and 102 (or equivalent). Requirements.....................................................................15 hours

FCC 220 or FCC 210 (with a topic related to the French-speaking world); nine hours from FRE 201, 202, and 207 204, 210; 310, 320, or 350; and three hours with the FRE prefix numbered 300 and above. A grade of “C” or higher is required in each course for credit toward the certificate.

Total Curriculum Requirements ...............................15-21 hours

CAA Page 232


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Philosophy and Religion X New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts & Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number PHI 343 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title American Indian Thought New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 10-14-2015 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 10-19-2015 Faculty Senate** NA General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** NA Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* NA__________________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) To add PHI 343 American Indian Thought to the catalog offerings of the Philosophy and Religion Department. This course will support the proposed Native American Studies minor. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: This course will support the proposed Native American Studies minor and will fill a gap in our departmental course offerings.


Personnel Impact:

None

Operating Expenses Impact:

None

Equipment/Physical Facility Needs:

None

Library Resources:

Needed

CAA Page 233

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

WITHDRAWN

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out





PHI 343 American Indian Thought. (3) A. Prerequisite: ENG 102, 105(B), or HON 102. A survey of the philosophical and religious thought of American Indians with an emphasis on the cross-cultural challenges of studying American Indian thought from a Western academic perspective.





CAA Page 234





PHI 343 Fall 2016 AS X HS PHRE BT JS ED UP






1 3 N, A FR JR B 3 SO SR W 3 Grading Information: Course is











CAA Page 235

American Indian Thought PHI 343 3 credit hours

Fall XXXX TR 11:00-12:15PM

Instructor: Dr. Laura Newhart Office: Case Annex 260 Office Hours: TBD Contact Information: Phone: 622-2574 E-mail: [email protected] Catalogue Description: PHI 343 American Indian Thought. (3) A. Prerequisite: ENG 102, 105(B), or HON 102. A survey of the philosophical and religious thought of American Indians with an emphasis on the cross-cultural challenges of studying American Indian thought from a Western academic perspective. Course Description: In this course we will focus on the projects of American Indian scholars to articulate the relationship between American Indian philosophical and religious views and those of mainstream Western culture. We will begin with a consideration of the difficulties of the historical reconstruction of American Indian philosophical and religious thought in mainstream Western culture, critically reviewing examples of classic and best-selling American Indian literature. From there, we will look at the approaches of a variety of contemporary American Indian scholars to the primary disciplinary categories of Western philosophy, including epistemology, metaphysics, ethics, social and political philosophy, and aesthetics. Next, we will read Vine Deloria’s seminal work, God is Red, in which he opposes the temporal nature of Western religious traditions, especially Christianity, to the spatial orientation of Native religious traditions and traces the historical interaction of the two cultures on the basis of that distinction. Finally, we will conclude the course by attending to contemporary American Indian scholars’ views on the relationship between Western academic theory and the practical and political goals of American Indian peoples. Course Format: Class time will be divided between lecture, discussion, collaborative group projects, and audio-visual material. Each student is expected to read the material and to be prepared to discuss it in an informed manner during the class period for which it is assigned. Required Texts:

Deloria Jr., Vine. God is Red: A Native View of Religion. 30th Anniversary Edition. Fulcrum Publishing, 2003.

Waters, Anne. American Indian Thought: Philosophical Essays. Blackwell

Publishing, 2004. Various excerpts and articles that will be distributed as class handouts.

CAA Page 236

Student Learning Outcomes for PHI 343: Students will be able to: 1. Use texts and/or technology to analyze, in writing and speaking, key components of American Indian philosophical and religious views. 2. Use the methods of the humanities and the social sciences to explore the varied representations of American Indian philosophical and religious views, both from within and outside of American Indian cultures. 3. Analyze the human economic, legal, and social choices that have shaped how American Indian peoples relate to each other and to the institutions and communities of the larger society, both historically and in the present. 4. Use appropriate methods of critical thinking and quantitative reasoning to examine American Indian historical, social and cultural issues and to identify potential solutions to these issues. 5. Identify how the actions and activism of American Indian people and communities need to be understood in the context of surrounding national and global events. 6. Analyze past and present ethnic, social, and cultural diversity and marginalization within American Indian cultures. Course Requirement and Grading: Your grade for the course will be determined by: (1) Journal (10 entries at 3 points each) 30% (2) Cultural Events (5 at 2 point each) 10% (3) Research Paper 20% (4) Final Term Paper 30% (5) Attendance and Participation 10% (1) Journal: You will keep a journal for this class in which you will record and process your reactions (thoughts, feelings, questions, etc.) to the material covered in class. We will often use journal entries as springboards for class discussion. Each journal entry should cover a week’s worth of material. You are required to hand in a total of 10 journal entries for the course based on your choice of weeks. Journals will be collected twice during the semester (at midterm and the last day of classes). Journal entries will be assessed based primarily on the effort that they reflect according to the following scale: 0 points=not submitted; 1 points=below average; 2 points=average; 3 points=above average. Each journal entry is worth a maximum of 3 points (or 3% of your final course grade). The complete journal is worth 30 points (or 30% of your final course grade). (2) Cultural Events: You will be required to attend and/or participate in 5 cultural events concerning American Indians. These events can consist of lectures, workshops, movies, or electronic activities/events found on the internet. For each event/activity that you attend or participate in you will write a brief report (approximately 1 page, double-

CAA Page 237

spaced, typed) for which you will receive 2 points (or 2% of your final course grade). Together you cultural event points are worth a total of 10 points (or 10% of your final course grade). (3) Research Paper: You will write a 5-7 page (double-spaced, typed) research paper in which you choose a specific American Indian belief, value, ritual, or practice to explore in more detail. Considering the origin, purpose, and significance of your chosen belief, value, ritual or practice, relate it to what you have learned in class about American Indian philosophy and/or religion. Your research paper is due in class on Thursday, October 8 . The Research Paper is worth a maximum of 20 points (or 20% of your final course grade). (4) Final Term Paper: You will write a 9-11 page (double-spaced, typed) paper in which you take a more general approach and compare mainstream Western philosophy and/or religion with American Indian philosophical and/or religious views. Your comparison should focus on at least three major themes covered in the course. Be sure to use specific examples from each cultural perspective to support your claims. Your Final Term Paper is due during the final exam period which is TBD. The Final Term Paper is worth a maximum of 30 points (or 30% of your final course grade). (5) Attendance and Participation: In order for the course to be a success, we need the presence and valuable contributions of all of its members. Therefore, after 3 unexcused absences, the instructor reserves the right to begin deducting points off of your final grade up to a maximum of 10% of your final grade. Students should make every effort to attend every class meeting. In the case of an excused absence with proper documentation, extended deadlines or alternate activities will be provided for any graded activities. However, these accommodations do not always provide equivalent learning opportunities. An acceptable excuse is a doctor’s excuse, a university excuse, or a catastrophic emergency resulting in unavoidable absence. Arrangements to complete alternate activities, such as another version of an exam, must be made within one week of returning to class; otherwise, a zero will be recorded. (6) Extra Credit: You will have the opportunity to earn up to 5 points of extra credit toward your final grade by earning 1 point of extra credit for every news item concerning American Indians that you bring in and briefly share with the rest of the class. You may only present one news item per week, and each news item must be dated from the week in which you present it. Grading Policy: Out of a possible total of 100 points: 90-100 A 60-69 D 80-89 B 59-below F 70-79 C

CAA Page 238

By the last day to withdraw from the course, you will have received feedback in the form of your grades on the first part of your Journal and your Research Paper. Important Notes: 1. The instructor reserves the right to modify this syllabus if it will better meet the goals and objectives of the course. 2. Students are advised that EKU’s Academic Integrity Policy will be strictly enforced in this course. The Academic Integrity Policy is available at ww.academicintegrity.eku.edu. Questions regarding the policy may be directed to the Office of Academic Integrity. 3. A student with a “disability” may be an individual with a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities such as learning, seeing or hearing. Additionally, pregnancy or a related medical condition that causes a similar substantial limitation may also be considered a disability under the ADA.


4. An official EKU email account is established for each registered student, each faculty, and each staff member. All university communication sent via email will be sent to their EKU email address. 5. Add/Drop Withdrawal The last day to add or drop a class is Sunday, August 30. The last day to go online (EKU Direct) and withdraw without incurring a drop/withdraw fee is Sunday, September 20. The last day to withdraw from this class is Sunday, November 15; withdrawing after September 20 will incur a drop/withdraw fee of $50 per credit hour ($150 for this course).

CAA Page 239

Syllabus

Introduction T 8/25 Introduction to Course R 8/27 God is Red, Chapter 1, “The Indian Movement” pp. 1-21

Theorizing About American Indians (in God is Red) T 9/1 Chapter 2, “The Indians of the American Imagination” pp. 23-43 Excerpts from Black Elk Speaks and Seven Arrows (HO)

American Indians and Philosophy (in American Indian Thought)

R 9/3 “Philosophy and the Tribal Peoples” by Vine Deloria, Jr. pp. 3-11

Epistemology and Knowing T 9/8 “What Coyote and Thales Can Teach Us” pp. 15-26 R 9/10 “Approaches to Native American Philosophy” pp. 27-33

Science and Math T 9/15 “Philosophy of Native Science” pp. 45-57 R 9/17 “Indigenous Numerical Thought…” pp. 58-71

Metaphysics and Being T 9/22 “Notes on Identity, Time, Space, and Place” pp. 87-96 R 9/24 “Language Matters: Nondiscrete Nonbinary Dualism” pp. 97-115 T 9/29 “Crippling the Spirit, Wounding the Soul” pp. 116-129 R 10/1 “On Authenticity” pp. 133-139

Ethics and Respect T 10/6 “Ethics: The We and the I” pp. 173-181 R 10/8 “Choctaw Conceptions of the Excellence of the Self…” pp. 182-187 Journals Due Research Papers Due

Social and Political Philosophy T 10/13 No Class!! Fall Break! R 10/15 “The Jurisprudence of Colonialism” pp. 217-228 T 10/20 “Oral Traditions and the Politics of (Mis)Recognition” pp. 229-238 R 10/22 “Repatriation: Religious Freedom, Equal Protection…” pp. 239-248

Aesthetics T 10/27 “Ethics: From an Artist’s Point of View” pp. 251-255 “On Philosophical Discourse: Some Intercultural Musings” pp. 263-267

CAA Page 240

A Native View of Religion (in God is Red)

R 10/29 Chapter 3, “The Religious Challenge” pp. 45-60 T 11/3 Chapter 4, “Thinking in Time and Space” pp. 61-75 R 11/5 Chapter 5, “The Problem of Creation” pp. 77-96 T 11/10 Chapter 6, “The Concept of History” pp. 97-112 R 11/12 Chapter 7, “The Spatial Problem of History” pp. 113-132 T 11/17 Chapter 8, “Origin of Religion” pp. 133-147 R 11/19 Chapter 9, “Natural and Hybrid Peoples” pp. 149-163 T 11/24 Chapter 10, “Death and Religion” pp. 165-184 R 11/26 No Class!! Thanksgiving Break!

American Indians Theorizing T 12/1 “Who Stole Native American Studies?” by Elizabeth Cook-Lynn (HO) “American Indian Studies: An Overview” by Elizabeth Cook-Lynn (HO) R 12/3 “The Native American Scholar: Toward a New Intellectual Agenda” by Robert Warrior (HO) “There is a River in Me: Theory from Life” by Diann Million (HO) Journals Due

CAA Page 241


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Physics and Astronomy X New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts and Sciences Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number PHY 412 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Directed Research in Physics: _____ New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information


Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 10/8/15 Council on Academic Affairs College Curriculum Committee 10/19/15 Faculty Senate** NA General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** NA Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* _________NA________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) To create a “laboratory for credit” course. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: Because research in physics is so important for our majors, we want to create a “laboratory without lecture” course that would allow students to do directed research projects with a faculty member for credit.






CAA Page 242

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

WITHDRAWN





PHY 412 Directed Research in Physics:__ (1-6) A. Prerequisite: PHY 202 or departmental approval. A directed research experience for physics majors that may include laboratory experiments, development of new equipment, physics education research, or computational solutions of special problems related to physics. May be retaken to a maximum of six hours.





CAA Page 243





PHY 412 Fall 2016 AS X HS PHAS BT JS ED UP


1-6 Lecture Laboratory X Other Cip Code (first two digits only) 40




0 N FR JR SO SR Grading Information: Course is


Thesis Internship Independent Study X Practicum


requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. PHY 202 or departmental approval Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)







CAA Page 244

Eastern Kentucky UniversityDepartment of Physics and Astronomy

PHY 412Directed Research in Physics: Astrophysics Research

Fall 2016CRN: XXXXX

Instructor: Dr. Jessica C. Lair

Office: NSB 3144Phone: 622-4375Email: [email protected] Hours: TBA

Course Time/Location:

Time: TBAPlace: TBA

Catalog Description: PHY 412 Directed Research in Physics: (1-6) A. Prerequisite: PHY 202 or depart-mental approval. A directed research experience for physics majors that may include laboratory experiments,development of new equipment, physics education research, or computational solutions of special problemsrelated to physics. May be retaken to a maximum of six hours.

Prerequisites: PHY 202 or departmental approval.

Text: None required.

Credit Hours: 3.00

Course Requirements:

1. Work on an agreed upon research project.

2. Final presentation of project.

Evaluation:

Research Project 70%Research Presentation 20%Attendance 10%Total 100%

1

CAA Page 245

Your final letter grade will be determined by the following:

A 90-100%B 80-89%C 70-79%D 60-69%F 0-59%

Student Learning Outcomes: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:

• demonstrate familiarity with one area of research being conducted in physics.

• apply techniques that are used in carrying research.

• utilize technology research, including specialized computer software.

• present the results of their research by means of an oral presentation and/or a written papersummarizing their findings.

Student Progress: Students are responsible for monitoring their progress in the course as grades are postedon Blackboard throughout the semester.

Last Date to Drop: Please see the Colonel’s Compass (www.eku.edu/compass/) for the dates to drop orwithdraw from the course.

Official E-mail: An official EKU e-mail is established for each registered student, each faculty member, andeach staff member . All university communications sent via e-mail will be sent to this EKU e-mail address.

Academic accommodations: A student with a disability may be an individual with a physical or mentalimpairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities such as learning, seeing or hearing.Additionally, pregnancy or a related medical condition that causes a similar substantial limitation may alsobe considered a disability under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). If you are registered with theOffice of Services for Individuals with Disabilities, please obtain your accommodation letters from the OSIDand present them to the course instructor to discuss any academic accommodations you need. If you believeyou need accommodation and are not registered with the OSID, please contact the office in the WhitlockBuilding Room 361, by email at [email protected], or by telephone at (859) 622-2933. Upon individualrequest, this syllabus can be made available in an alternative format.

Academic Integrity Policy: Students are advised that EKU’s Academic Integrity policy will strictlybe enforced in this course. The Academic Integrity policy is available at www.academicintegrity.eku.edu.Questions regarding the policy may be directed to the Office of Academic Integrity.

2

CAA Page 246


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Physics and Astronomy New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts and Sciences X Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number PHY 202 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title University Physics II New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information




A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.) Require students to have earned a C or better in PHY 201 to enroll in PHY 202. A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012) Fall 2016 A. 3. Effective date of suspended programs for currently enrolled students: (if applicable)

B. The justification for this action: We are finding that the students who attempt PHY 202 having earned below a C in PHY 201 struggle disproportionately in this and future courses. We are implementing this gate to prevent students from being in a difficult situation later.






CAA Page 247

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016





PHY 202 University Physics II. (5) I, II. Prerequisite: PHY 201 with a grade of “C” or better. Prerequisite or Corequisite: MAT 244 or 244H or departmental approval. Electrostatics, electric potential, dielectrics, A.C. and D.C. circuits, magnetic fields, Faraday’s Law, sound, wave motion, geometrical and physical optics. Credit will not be awarded for both PHY 132 and PHY 202. 6 Lec/Lab.





CAA Page 248















requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. PHY 201 with a grade of “C” or better Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)







CAA Page 249


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Physics and Astronomy New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts and Sciences X Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number PHY 310 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Theoretical Methods in Physics New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information











CAA Page 250

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016





PHY 310 Theoretical Methods in Physics. (3) A. Prerequisites: MAT 254 or 254H or departmental approval. Prerequisite/Corequisite: PHY 202 with a grade of "C" or better or departmental approval. Analytical methods for characterizing physics models and solving physics problems in advanced topics are discussed, including vector analysis, linear algebra, complex analysis, infinite series, waves and Fourier series, differential equations and other techniques.





CAA Page 251

















Course Prefix and No. PHY 202 with a grade of “C” or better or departmental approval Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or





CAA Page 252


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I

(Check one) Department Name Physics and Astronomy

New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts and Sciences

X Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number PHY 410

Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Independent Study in Physics: ______

New Minor (Part III) *Program Title

Program Suspension (Part III)

____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information relevant to the proposal.

If Certificate, indicate Long-Term (University) or Short-Term (Departmental)

Proposal Approved by: Date Date Departmental Committee 10/8/15 Council on Academic Affairs

College Curriculum Committee 10/19/15 Faculty Senate** NA

General Education Committee* NA Board of Regents** NA

Teacher Education Committee* NA EFFECTIVE ACADEMIC TERM*** Graduate Council* _________NA__________ *If Applicable (Type NA if not applicable.) **Approval needed for program revisions or suspensions. ***To be added by the Registrar’s Office after all approval is received.


A. 1. Specific action requested: (Example: Increase the number of credit hours for ABC 100 from 1 to 2.)

Modify the description of PHY 410 to reflect its use as a true independent study course, so that it can be distinguished from the new directed research course.�

A. 2. Proposed Effective Academic Term: (Example: Fall 2012)

Fall 2016



Because research in physics is so important for our majors, we have been using PHY 410 for research projects; however, we decided to create a proper course for that purpose, so PHY 410 is being clarified in its description to be a true independent study course.






CAA Page 253

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

WITHDRAWN

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Cross-Out





PHY 410 Independent Study in Physics: __. (1-6) A. Prerequisite: PHY 202 or departmental approval. Special laboratory experiments, development of new equipment, physics education research, or solution of special mathematical problems related to physics. May be retaken to a maximum of six hours provided subject matter is different each time. Student must have the independent study form approved by faculty supervisor and department chair prior to enrollment.





CAA Page 254











FR JR SO SR

Grading Information: Course is eligible for IP (in-progress grading) for: Check all applicable


CoRequisites and Prerequisites **See definitions on following page**

Co-Requisite(s): (List only co-requisites. See below for prerequisites and combinations.)

Course Prefix and No.


Prerequisite(s): (List prerequisites only. List combinations below. Use “and” and “or” literally.) (Specific minimum grade requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.)



Test Scores




Test Scores


Equivalent Course(s): (credit will not be awarded for both…; or formerly…)






CAA Page 255


(Complete only the section(s) applicable.) Part I (Check one) Department Name Physics and Astronomy New Course (Parts II, IV) College Arts and Sciences X Course Revision (Parts II, IV) *Course Prefix & Number PHY 460 Hybrid Course (“S,” “W”) *Course Title Classical Mechanics New Minor (Part III) *Program Title Program Suspension (Part III) ____ Program Revision (Part III) *Provide only the information











CAA Page 256

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

FALL 2016





PHY 460 Classical Mechanics. (4) A. Prerequisite: PHY 310 with a grade of “C” or better or departmental approval. Prerequisite/Corequisite: MAT 353. Applications of calculus to the principles of classical mechanics. Topics include rectilinear motion in 1-D, motion in 3-D, non-inertial frames, central forces, many-bodied systems, rigid bodies, Lagrangian mechanics, and other topics related to classical mechanics.





CAA Page 257















requirements should be placed in ( ) following courses. Default grade is D -.) Course Prefix and No. PHY 310 with a grade of “C” or better or departmental approval Course Prefix and No. Test Scores Minimum GPA (when a course grouping or student cumulative GPA is required)







CAA Page 258

Council on Academic Affairs Registered Student Organization (RSO) / Academic Program

Graduation Regalia Request Effective Fall 2016: All RSOs, even those with previously approved regalia, must complete this form and be recertified before

wearing organization specific regalia at Fall 2016 Commencement.

All regalia worn at University Commencement and/or College Convocations must be approved by the Council on Academic Affairs (CAA) prior to graduation. Special regalia worn at Commencement/Convocation is a privilege afforded to those individuals/groups who have met a distinctive academic expectation. An RSO requesting to have members wear organization specific regalia (stoles, cords, etc.) must complete this form and submit to the Office of EKU Student Life. Student Life will present the request at the next available CAA meeting. The wearing of sashes may not be proposed as it is exclusively reserved for those students earning Latin Honors. A request by an academic program should be submitted to the Dean’s Office of their relevant college. The request will then be brought forward to CAA by the Associate Dean of the college. Forms should be submitted no later than the 2nd week in September to request an item be approved for a December ceremony, or the 2nd week in February for a May ceremony. RSOs must complete the form and attach a color picture of the regalia for which they are proposing approval. Failure to receive approval will result in any unapproved regalia being confiscated at graduation. SUBMITTED BY:

NAME _____________________________________ PHONE CONTACT__________________________________ DATE______________

EMAIL: __________________________________________________________________

RSO/Academic Program Graduation Regalia Request

[Required] Name of RSO/Program: [Required] Contact Name: [Required] Contact Email: [Required] Contact Phone Number:

1. Organizations can apply to CAA to have Commencement regalia approved in one of the following ways:

A. The RSO may request approval for all members to wear Commencement regalia because the organization has an academic membership requirement of a GPA of 2.5 or higher.

B. The RSO may request approval for those individual members who have attained a 2.5 GPA or higher to be allowed to wear the approved regalia.

C. A college may submit a request for regalia indicating completion of an academic minor; students who are Veterans may wear regalia as determined by the EKU Office of Military and Veteran Affairs; International Students may wear regalia approved and designated by the Office of International Student and Scholar Services.

2. [Required] Does your organization have a minimum grade point requirement for membership? If so, what is it? Please attach copies of official organization communications that relay these expectation to organization members.

3. [Required] Are you proposing that only those members who meet the 2.5 GPA academic threshold wear the regalia?

4. [Required] Please describe the significance of wearing the stole at graduation. Why should your members wear graduation regalia?

5. [Required] Please attach a color picture of the stole or cords you are requesting to be worn.

Page 1 of 1 · CAA Graduation Regalia Request

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Approved as Amended New Language added: 1C.; New 2.5 GPA requirement; Revisions underlined

McGeeR

Underline

McGeeR

Underline

McGeeR

Underline

McGeeR

Underline

McGeeR

Underline

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

CAA Approved, 11/19/15

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

Effective: FALL 2016

1 of 2

September 30, 2015 Dear Council Members, As faculty and staff of University Programs, we are writing to respond to the recent discussion of the Council on Academic Affairs to place limits on students’ academic regalia at EKU commencement ceremonies. Any proposed solution must be evaluated on its potential to solve the problems. Thus, what is the problem that the University is seeking to solve?

Too many students publicly showing pride of their programs and activities? Students earning Latin Honors feeling that their accomplishments are not sufficiently

visible in a sea of “other” regalia? The need to control what students wear as regalia for the sake of University reputation?

None of these potential problems is sufficient reason to develop a restrictive policy that limits regalia to only a few narrowly-defined academic accomplishments. Such limitations contradict our messages to students while they are at EKU:

Because data show that engagement is critical to academic success, we tell our students that college life is about more than just going to classes; we challenge them to be active and engaged in all aspects of the educational experience. Commencement is an event that celebrates the whole student and the totality of university experiences; It is not just about a particular type of conventional, easily quantified, academic achievement.

We want students to be proud enough of their academic accomplishments to publicize them to family and friends.

The University community feels pride when veterans display their special regalia, when Fire & Safety graduates don their fire hats, when AFA minors wear stoles showing the colors of Africa, and when International Students display the colors of their home countries.

Commencement is a celebration for students, not for us. The commencement ceremony--with graduates' photos in full regalia and with the proud family and loves ones cheering on their accomplishments--is the last memory of our students' undergraduate experience. Happy alumni are more willing donors.

In CAA a question was raised that if we allow students to wear regalia for earning a minor, why not for earning a major? Unique ceremonial symbols for majors/disciplines are already allowed and encouraged. For example, Nursing students wear pins to signify their affiliation with the discipline, Fire & Safety graduates remove their mortar boards and replace them with fire hats, faculty wear the colors of their fields of study, and Regents wear doctoral robes as indications of their service to EKU. Furthermore, every student’s major is recognized in a college ceremony, in printed commencement brochures, and in verbal announcements as students walk across the commencement stage. In contrast, minors are not similarly recognized. A major is a basic requirement of all students; minors and certificates are not. Students who seek additional education should be allowed to show pride in those extra accomplishments.

CAA Page 260

2 of 2

As the University struggles to find ways to increase graduate rates and attract alumni donors, allowing, even encouraging, students to proudly display symbols of their university engagement seems like a reasonable path. Furthermore, deans are responsible for college commencement ceremonies and should be given latitude to decide how those ceremonies are conducted. We propose a policy that places few restrictions on academic regalia and moves the approval process out of CAA. Our proposed policy would allow deans to approve regalia for academic organizations and degree programs within their college, and Student Life to approval regalia for registered student organizations. We propose the following criteria for regalia:

Approval form, with picture of proposed regalia, must be submitted by deadline (TBD) Sashes are reserved for Latin Honors and Honors’ Program Regalia cannot duplicate another organization’s regalia Regalia must be in “good taste” as determined by dean of college or Student Life

Thank you for your consideration of this proposal. Sincerely, University Programs’ Faculty and Staff

CAA Page 261

1 | P a g e

CAA Procedures Approved as Amended

CAA 11/19/15

1. Curriculum process will remain the same for the Department Curriculum Committee except for the forms they will complete.

2. The College Curriculum Committee will review all curriculum proposals for the college. Based on the categories below

a. the College Curriculum Committee will prepare the materials for substantial changes to the Registrar for consideration by CAA, or

b. make decisions regarding routine curriculum changes. 3. Rules for College Curriculum Committees:

a. Associate Deans are responsible for ensuring that all of the appropriate paperwork and documentation are in good order;

b. For new courses, the Committee will review sample syllabi for appropriateness and for inclusion and accuracy of all required elements of a syllabus, including documentation explaining how new courses will fit into the Student Learning Outcomes of the programs for which the courses are being created. The syllabus will not be forwarded to CAA.

c. The Associate Dean will communicate with other Associate Deans i. prior to his/her College Curriculum meeting if coordination is needed with

another college or if a proposed change will affect another program in another college; and

ii. following his/her College Curriculum meeting with a list of changes approved.

d. The Associate Dean will forward materials to the Registrar with a summary of determination of substantial and routine changes.

4. Any member of CAA will reserve the right to reclassify a routine change to a substantial change.

New CAA protocols 1. All major substantial changes are placed on the agenda for action by the Council. (The

Council will need to decide if action items are to be grouped by type of action or by college.) 2. Significant Program Modifications will be accompanied by Curriculum Maps. 3. Most minor routine changes will be placed on a Consent Agenda and a single vote will be

taken for all consent agenda items. a. Consent Agenda items should have a brief description of the change to be listed

on the agenda. b. A Council member may request that an item be pulled from the Consent Agenda

and placed on the main agenda.

2 | P a g e

Major Substantial Changes

New Programs

Significant Program Revision Note: All program revisions impacting course requirements in a program will be accompanied by an updated 4‐year curriculum guide.

o Adding a concentration o Adding a minor o Changing the CIP Code o Dividing one degree program into two (or more) degree programs o Combining two (or more) degree programs into one degree program

Changing the balance of core credit hours and concentration credit hours

Program/concentration suspension

New Courses

Significant revision of a course

Changes that impact the SLOs of a program or a course

Changes in the number of credit hours

Other curriculum changes that affect the program’s curriculum map

Policies

Minor Routine Changes

Adding an existing course to the General Education Program

Changes to programs that result from changes to General Education or Teacher Education

Revisions in the course title or course description that do not significantly impact SLOs

Changes in admission and progression requirements

Changes in pre‐requisites and co‐requisites

Changes in the schedule term offering

Editorial changes and formatting issues, such as the placement of courses in the listing

Course drops

Cross listing courses



Office of the Registrar Academic Affairs and Research Whitlock CPO 58, 521 Lancaster Avenue Office of the Registrar Richmond, KY 40475-3158 [email protected] Phone: (859) 622-2320

TO: Council on Academic Affairs FROM:

M. Tina Davis University Registrar

DATE: November 5, 2015 SUBJECT: ACTION ITEM for 11-19-15, CAA Meeting The Office of the Registrar submits the following agenda item for the next meeting of the Council on Academic Affairs on November 19, 2015:

1) Course by Special Arrangement/Independent Study Proposal Procedures and Forms

CAA Page 264

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

TABLED


Office of the Registrar

COURSE BY SPECIAL ARRANGEMENT PETITION FORM

RESTRICTIONS

A CBSA will be approved only if it is the last semester of a student who is pending graduation in that term, and if the course meets a degree requirement that cannot be fulfilled by any other mechanism, including independent study. The need for a CBSA should be a rare occurrence. An Independent Study course prefix and number cannot be a CBSA. A CBSA should be employed only in cases of extreme scheduling conflict when no substitution is appropriate or available. An additional $100 per semester hour fee will be assessed in addition to regular tuition and fees.

Prior to registration the student must complete and sign this CBSA Petition Form. Once completed with all required signatures the form should be forwarded to the Office of the Registrar where the section will be created and the student registered into the section.

Student name: Please print name.

EKU ID:

Has student applied for graduation? YES / NO* Graduation term:

[*See above. If student is not graduating in the term this course is requested, and the course does not appear on Degree Works as a degree requirement then, per the Provost, the CBSA will not be approved.] Term course is to be offered:

Course prefix and number: Credit Hrs.(needed only if variable):

crse. prefix crse. no.

PRINT Full name of instructor: Required signatures: (course should not be approved if above conditions are not met)

• Instructor of course:

• Department chair:

• Dean of college offering course: [Dean may approve course as an exception to above considerations. Dean’s signature is required to indicate such an exception exist.]

I understand that by requesting the above course to be offered to me as a Course By Special Arrangement I will be assessed a fee of $100 per credit hour in addition to the standard tuition and fees for this course. I accept and agree to this additional charge.

Student signature: Date:

Office of the Registrar 07/02/2014

CAA Page 265

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

TABLED

Page 1 of 1

This policy has not yet been reviewed under Policy 1.1.1. For purposes of cataloging, it has been placed in an abbreviated

form of the policy template. It remains an official university policy and will eventually be reviewed under Policy 1.1.1.

Eastern Kentucky University Policy and Regulation Library

Course by Special Arrangement

A Course by Special Arrangement (CBSA) is a course that is part of the approved curriculum program but is being offered to a student during a term or at a time when it is not scheduled. Students offered a CBSA should be pendinggraduation in the term the course is to be offered, and the CBSA shall be a degree requirement that cannot be fulfilledby any other mechanism such as course substitution or an Independent Study. It should be employed only in cases of extreme scheduling conflict when no substitution is appropriate or available. Prior to registration, students must file the CBSA Petition. This petition requires the signature/approval of the instructor, program chair, and dean. An additional $100 per semester hour fee is assessed in addition to regular tuition and fees. Faculty are compensated at $100 per semester hour. Faculty will be compensated by the University.

The purpose of an independent study is to allow the competent and prepared student to pursue study of a topic of special interest under the supervision of a full-time faculty member. The independent study is an agreement between a student and faculty member which bring mutual benefit to both with no additional compensation/release for faculty. Tuition and fees for independent study courses are computed at the same rate as other courses.

*

Students Office of the Registrar Colleges

Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs

Policy Issued

Date Entity Action April 25, 2003 Board of Regents Adopted

Provost Council Approved March 3, 2003 Faculty Senate Approved February 20, 2003 Council on Academic Affairs Approved

4.3.13P Volume 4, Academic Affairs Chapter 3, Courses, Programs, and Degrees Section 13, Course by Special Arrangement Approval Authority: Board of Regents Responsible Executive: Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs Responsible Office(s): Office of the Registrar, Colleges, Departments Effective: April 25, 2003 Issued: April 25, 2003 Last Revised: Next Review Date:

Policy Statement

Entities Affected by the Policy

Interpreting Authority

Policy Adoption Review and Approval

CAA Page 266

McGeeR

Underline

McGeeR

Cross-Out

McGeeR

Underline

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

TABLED

AA Form 20000 Last Updated May 2009

Eastern Kentucky University

Office of the Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs

Independent Studies Proposal – Undergraduate Students

I. TO BE COMPLETED BY STUDENT:

Name: __________________________________________________________ EKU ID# ______________________

Address: _________________________________________________ City: ____________________ State: ______

Zip Code: ______________ Phone #: ___________________ EKU Email: __________________________

Course Prefix: _______ Course # _________ Course Title: _______________________________________

Term: ______________ Year: ____________ Credit Hours: _____ Major: ______________________

Course Description of Study Project

Project Title: ______________________________________________ Faculty Supervisor: ____________________

Project Objectives (attach detailed outline created by student and approved by supervisor/syllabus)

Student Signature: ______________________________________________________ Date: ________________

Special Note to Student: Your signature indicates a request for the Registrar's Office to register you for the approved course and credit hours.

II. TO BE COMPLETED BY FACULTY SUPERVISOR:

This Independent Study will be used as:

Substitution for Required Course

Elective

Core Requirement for ACCT

Proposed method(s) for student evaluation:

Dates of Progress Reports: ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________

Special Equipment/Supplies Needed: ____________________________________________________________

Faculty Supervisor __________________________________ Recommended Not Recommended Date

Department Chair __________________________________ Approved Not Approved Date

College Dean __________________________________ Approved Not Approved Date

Original to Registrar's Office. Copies from Registrar's Office, once registration is complete, to: 1. Student 2. Faculty Supervisor 3. Student Advisor (Students 1st major, only), 4. Dean of Graduate School (graduate students only). 4. Dean, if so requested

For Registrar Office Use Only

Registration Complete ___ CRN ________ Date __________

Additional Pages Attached

# of Additional Pages

CAA Page 267

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

TABLED

Graduate Education and Research Office of the Dean and Associate

Vice President for Research [email protected]


SSB 310, CPO 68 521 Lancaster Avenue

Richmond, Kentucky 40475-3168 (859) 622-1742 FAX: (859) 622-2975

INDEPENDENT STUDY PROPOSAL FORM

Name: EKU ID#:

Phone Number: Email:

Program of Study: Term of Project: Spring Summer Fall

Course: Section: Credit Hours:

Description of work to be done (attach detailed outline):

Student Signature Date:

For completion by faculty advisor:

This Independent Study will be used as: Replacement on planned program Elective Core requirement

Proposed method for student evaluation:

Dates for progress reports: , , ,

Any special conditions:

Faculty member supervising independent study:

APPROVED BY:

Program Chair Date Graduate Program Advisor Date

College Dean Date Graduate Dean Date

CC:

Program Chair College Dean Student’s Advisor Graduate Dean


CAA Page 268

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

TABLED

EASTERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSTIY Academic Affairs

1

Protocol for Independent Study Courses Protocol Approval Date: 4-21-11 Approved By: Council on Academic Affairs, Faculty Senate

Protocol for Independent Study Courses

Definitions Independent Study Course (sometimes referred to as directed studies)—Independent study courses,

which are distinct from course by arrangement and special topics courses, are designed to provide an opportunity for a student to pursue a research/study interest not available through any of the courses offered in a program at EKU. Independent Study Courses:

Must be under the supervision/direction of a faculty member with appropriate qualifications for the course content and must be guided by an approved course plan.

Must follow the proscribed procedure below and be approved in advance of enrollment in an independent study course appropriately designated as such in the Catalog.

Should not be used as a mechanism to teach a course not offered in a given semester or as a substitution for program requirements, though they may, with appropriate approval, fulfill such requirements.

Are not intended to be a mechanism for enrolling in a course for which a student would otherwise be ineligible.

Course by Special Arrangement—A course that is part of the approved curriculum program but is being offered to a student during a term or at a time when it is not scheduled. See Policy 4.3.17P.

Special Topics Courses-Designated courses designed to cover specialized areas within a discipline. These courses are created with normal class enrollment expectations.

Procedure

1. The Independent Study Form with original signatures will be sent to the Registrar’s Office. Upon

seeing the department approval, the Registrar’s Office will register the student for the

independent study.

2. A student interested in an independent study will complete the Independent Study Proposal. This form requires a description of the scope of the work covered in the independent study and an attached project plan, including learning objectives, devised in consultation with the supervising faculty member.

3. Faculty supervisors are responsible for assisting the student in developing the proposal, including the method(s) to be used for evaluating student learning and the planned and periodic evaluation of the student’s progress. The faculty supervisor will also complete the appropriate section of the Independent Study Proposal form and grant initial approval.

4. Before agreeing to supervise an Independent Study, faculty will seek approval of their department chairs to determine the impact on workload. The department chair and the college dean must approve before a faculty member can supervise more than one independent study in a semester.

5. Department chairs are responsible for ensuring independent study proposals adhere to the definition stated above and for approval of the proposal.

6. Individual departments may establish additional procedures for independent study courses. 7. Students must be registered in the course and the number of credit hours determined prior to

students beginning the independent study.

Limitations

Students may be approved for a maximum of 6 hours of independent study per degree earned.

CAA Page 269

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

TABLED

EASTERN KENTUCKY UNIVERSTIY Academic Affairs

2

Protocol for Independent Study Courses Protocol Approval Date: 4-21-11 Approved By: Council on Academic Affairs, Faculty Senate

A student must be in good academic standing and have a cumulative undergraduate GPA of at least 2.5 to take an ISC. Graduate students must be in good academic standing and have a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0 to take an ISC.

CAA Page 270



Office of the Registrar Academic Affairs and Research Whitlock CPO 58, 521 Lancaster Avenue Office of the Registrar Richmond, KY 40475-3158 [email protected] Phone: (859) 622-2320

TO: Council on Academic Affairs FROM:

M. Tina Davis University Registrar

DATE: November 3, 2015 SUBJECT: DISCUSSION ITEM for 11-19-15, CAA Meeting The Office of the Registrar submits the following agenda item for the next meeting of the Council on Academic Affairs on November 19, 2015:

1) Transcript Notations: Expulsion Language To be added to the University catalog, p. 45 of undergraduate, p. 38 of graduate. Transcript Notations: A student’s academic standing (good standing, academic probation, academic suspension, or academic dismissal) is determined at the conclusion of each semester and is notated term by term on the student’s transcript. Expulsion is the permanent separation of a student from the institution. Expulsion at EKU is restricted to the most egregious academic or disciplinary offenses. Expulsion, due to its permanent nature, is notated on the official transcript with the comment, “Expelled – ineligible to return”. Details of due process that can lead to expulsion of a student can be found in the Eastern Kentucky University Handbook for Students. For process and sanction details refer to the Office of Student Rights and Responsibilities student conduct page http://studentrights.eku.edu/student-conduct ).

CAA Page 271

McGeeR

Typewritten Text

TABLED